Agnes Scott College Catalog 1997-1999

VJL-- X. 'L^^

i-7V^"w' JL--1

X \^ L..fX\^ li "

:t BIOLOGY GELLULAR BIOLOGY AND GENETICS BIOLOGY OF PLANTS * MARINE BIOLOC
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY * ECOLOGY CELL BIOLOGY MOLECULAR C3ENETICS ^ BUSINESS CH
lOTNORGANIC CHEVIISTRY PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY CHEMICAL ANALYSIS BIOCHEMISTP
THE ANCIENT WORLD, GREEK AND LATIN HISTORY OF ROMAN CIVTLIZATIOK * LATIN PR(
ICS MACROECONOMICS* MICROECC3NOMIGS * INVESTMENTS * ACCOUNTING ^ MARKETIN
VIPARAIIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS AMERICAN ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT * E'
vIENT OF LATIN AMERICA EDUCATION DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY * SCHOOLS AND SC
; TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS * TEACHING OF SCIENCE * THE TEACHING PROCESS ^ SPEC
JTH WITH SPECIAL NEEDS TEACHING ART TEACHING MUSIC TEACHING PHYSICAL EDU'
WRITING LAB lY * LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION HONORS LITERATURE AND COMPC

RE FILM SI .. .^ , . CHAUCER HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE ^ DANTE ^ SHAKESPE.
-CENTURY LrTERATURE TWENTIETH-CENTURY AMERICAN FICTION SOUTHERN LITERATUI
I WORKSHOP POETRY WORKSHOP DRAMATIC WRITING * GLOBAL AWARENESS HISTOF
-IE ASIAN WORLD IN MODERN TIMES * THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND HISTORY OF GREEK CiVILI
JZATION THE RENAISSANCE THE REFORMATION HISTORY OF THE SOVIET UNION ^ EUR(
: HISTORY OF THE SOUTH THE HISTORY OF WOMEN IN AMERICA ^ RACE, ETHNICITY /
31 A * THE UNITED STAPES AND CHINA EMERGENCE OF JAPAN AS A WORLD POWER ^ ENGL/

*> INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES * LATIN AMERICAN SOCIETII
UTER PROGRAMMING LINEAR ALGEBRA DISCRETE STRUCTURES ^ DIFFERENTIAL EQUATK
^D APPLICATIONS MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY FUNDAMENTALS OF K
ETH-CENTURY THEATRE AND FILM THE FRENCBNOVEL FROM MME DE LA FAYETTE TO FLAUB
iNCH LITERATURE POETRY AND PROSE OF THE RENAISSANCE AND THE REFORMATION '
RS GERMAN * GERMAN LITERATURE * GERMAN DRAMA FRANZ KAFKA GERMAN LIFE /
:ZATION AND CULTURE LATIN AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN CIVILIZATIONS AND CULTURI
I l-CENTURY SPANISH LITERATURE HISPANIC THEMES^ MUSIC HISTORY OF ]AZZ * AMERIC
i\JSlC OF THE CLASSICAL AND ROMANTIC PERIODS * WOMEN IN MUSIC TWENTIETH'CENTI
'HILOSOPHY INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC * ETHICS ^MIND, SELF AND PERSONAL IDENTITY L
JTUF^' ""'"'" ^)SOPHY * KANT'S CRITICAL PHILOSOPHY PHILOSOPHY OF LAW * SYMBOLIC LOG:
DGE XSOPl ilCAL THEORIES OF THE SELF * PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS * BC

;QUAKh AND SOCIAL DANCE ^ GOLF JAZZ RIDING TAP AND CLOG ^TENNIS *VOLLEYB/
AjNCE * BASKETBALL TEAM. CROSS COUNTRY \SOCCER TEAM STUDIO DANCE THEATF
e1::TRONICS digital electronics * classical mechanics thermal physics STATI;
iYSICS ASTRONOMY ^ GALACTIC ASTRONOMY * EXTRAG ALACTIC ASTRONOMY POLITIC

sizing OF AMERICA? * CONSTITUTIONAL LAW ^ COMPARATIVE POLITICS * U.S. FOREIGN POL

CONOMIC SYSTE^

WL ENVIRONMEX

OCRA

GY
'OGi
LES
>LE: .
IN Al
QFS.'

^ DE^

bip-

'E'CC;^ ^ ~ ^ mm MEN,Cu_,.x.^

ITl I ."^ND S (l (1 i ^^F TlWVOx\ IAN ARTIST'

ENIPOIARY . V MrvY FAKfiLY AND^C^CIETY

vVDMm, LEADERSI IIP ANFTSOCLAL CHANGE ^ THE ATL.4
THE ATLANTA SEMESTER INTERNSHIP AND RESEARCH PROJECTCHINA ^ EMERGENCE OF lAI
ON DIVERSITY'' AND DIFFERENCE * INTERNATIONAL RELATIONSORIES OF MANAGEMENT .^

FEMALaillEN
s^ THE C^SSIv
ITASExM^TERSEM

Academic Calendar 1 997-98

Fall Semester 1997

Friday, August 22
Friday 'Wednesday, August 22-27
Tuesday, August 26
Wednesday, August 27
Thursday, August 28
Friday, August 29
Monday, September 1
Thursday-Sunday, October 16-19
Wednesday-Sunday, November 26-30
Wednesday, December 10
Thursday-Friday, December 11-12
Saturday-Thursday, December 13-18

New students arrive
New student orientation
Returning students arrive
Registration for returning students
Registration for new students
First day of classes
Labor Day Holiday
Fall break
Thanksgiving break
Last day of classes
Reading days
Final Exams

Spring Semester 1998

Monday, January 19
Tuesday, January 20
Wednesday, January 21
Thursday, January 22
Saturday-Sunday, March 14-22
Friday-Sunday, April 10-12
Tuesday, May 5

Wednesday-Thursday, May 6-7
Thursday, May 7
Friday- Wednesday, May 8-13

Friday, May 15
Saturday, May 16

Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday

Students arrive

Registration

First day of classes

Spring break

Easter break

Last day of classes

Reading days

Senior exams begin at 2 p.m.

Finals, Senior exams end on May 1 3 at noon;

others end at 5 p.m.
Baccalaureate
Commencement

Agnes Scott College

Catalog 19974999

AGNES
SCOTT

COLLEGE

Agnes Scott Col

Catalog 1997-1999

is published by

Agnes Scott College

141 E. College Avenue

Decatur, GA 30030

Phone: (404) 638-6285

Toll free: 1 (800) 868-8602

Fax: (404) 638-6414

E-mail: http://www.agnesscott.edu

(cj 1997 Agnes Scott College

ASC Catalog 1997-1999

Table of Contents

4

An Overview of Agnes Scott College

11

Admission

15

Financial Aid

19

Outside the Classroom

21

Athletic Program

22

Return to College Program

24

Academic Program

31

Academic Honors

33

Academic Policies

39

International Opportunities

41

Special Curricular Opportunities

46

Post- Baccalaureate Programs and Preparation for Graduate Study

48

Tuition and Fees

51

Courses of Study

115

Organization of the College

122

Index

124

Directions to the Campus

125

Map

Inside Front Cover Academic Calendar 1997-1998

gnes Scott College does not discrinninate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion,
sexual orientation, age or disability in the recruitment and admission of students. This nondis-
criminatory policy also applies to all the rights, privileges, programs and activities generally
accorded or made available to students at the College; and to the administration of educational
policies, scholarship and loan programs, student employment and other college-administered
programs.

The greatest care and attention to detail is given to the preparation of the program of the
College and every effort is made to insure the accuracy of its presentation in this catalog, but the
College reserves the right in its discretion to make at any time changes affecting the policies, fees,
curricula or other matters required to carry out the objectives and purposes of the College. Agnes
Scott College is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.

1997-1999 Catalog

Agnes Scott History

The first ripples of the Progressive Era were
tested in the waters of Decatur, Georgia in
July of 1889, when a handful of reform-
minded Presbyterians founded a school for girls and
women and named it Decatur Female Seminary.
That one bold step, initiated by the Rev. Frank
Henry Games, minister of the Decatur Presbyterian
Church, turned the tide of education for girls and
women in Georgia and set the stage for the founding
of Agnes Scott College. In its first year, the Female
Seminary occupied a single rented house and had
slightly more than $5,000 in subscribed capital. In
that first session four

teachers instructed 63
students at the grammar
school level.

In the spring of 1890,
Colonel George Wash-
ington Scott, a leading
Decatur businessman,
gave $40,000 to provide
a "home" for the school.

Colonel Scott had ear- ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

lier provided 40 percent

of the initial capital, and his gift to the new school
was the largest sum given to education in Georgia up
to that time. In recognition of his interest and sup-
port, the Board of Trustees changed the school's
name to Agnes Scott Institute in honor of Colonel
Scott's mother.

Within 10 years the Institute gained accreditation
as a secondary school. In 1906, it was chartered as
Agnes Scott College and awarded its first degrees. In
1907, the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools accredited the College, which became the
first college or university in Georgia to receive re-
gional accreditation. By 1920, the College earned
the approval of the Association of American Univer-
sities, and six years later, the United Chapters of Phi

Agnes Scott College, begun a century ago
by a small group of Presbyterians, has
become one of the leading women's colleges in
the United States. With approximately 700 stu-
dents and an endowment of over $325 million,
the College offers a liberal arts education with an
emphasis on connected learning and personal
interaction between students and faculty.

Beta Kappa granted it a charter. Agnes Scott is also a
charter member of the American Association of
University Women and of the Southern University
Conference.

Throughout its history, Agnes Scott has remained
proud of its Presbyterian heritage and continues to
explore the connections between faith and learning.
The College values religious diversity and works hard
to create an environment in which all faiths are
honored.

The College's academic program firmly adheres
to the traditional liberal arts disciplines. Academic
and extracurricular oppor-
tunities supplement the
academic program to meet
the changing needs of
women in our society.
From modest
beginnings, the assets of
the College have grown to
include an endowment of
over $325 million. From a
single house on a small
lot, Agnes Scott has ex-
panded to 23 buildings on 100 acres. The campus is
included in the Agnes Scott-South Candler Street
Historic District. Since its founding in 1889, seven
presidents have served: Frank Henry Gaines (1889-
1923), James Ross McCain (1923-1951), Wallace
McPherson Alston (1951-1973), Marvin Banks Perry
Jr. (1973-1982), Ruth Schmidt (1982-1994), Sally
Mahoney, Interim (1994-95) and Mary Brown Bul-
lock '66 (1995-present).

A more detailed history of Agnes Scott College
may be found in Lest We Forget by Walter Ed-
ward McNair and A Full and Rich Measure by M.
Lee Sayrs '69 and Christine S. Cozzens.

Agnes Scott College

Mission and Purpose

Agnes Scott College, a liberal arts college for
women, originated in the faith and vision
of a small group of Presbyterians in Decatur,
Georgia. In July 1889, the Decatur Female Seminary,
later renamed Agnes Scott College, was organized for
the purpose of educating women. Since 1906, the
College has offered the Bachelor ot Arts degree to
women, and in 1992, the College established a Mas-
ter of Arts in Teaching Secondary English, open to
women and men as required by law.

The founders of the College envisioned an insti-
tution dedicated to excellence in higher education
and committed to the Christian faith. Throughout
its history, Agnes Scott College has sought to main-
tain the ideals of its founders: "a high standard of
scholarship" and "the formation and development of
Christian character."

Agnes Scott College insists upon the highest
standards of excellence in its faculty, staff and
students and provides a broad curriculum designed to
develop all aspects of compassionate, inquiring per-
sons. Its rich liberal arts curriculum seeks to enable
women better to understand themselves and the

world in which they live and to integrate what they
know into a humane perspective. Nourished by time-
honored traditions as well as by new dimensions of
liberal education, students are encouraged to develop
intellectual independence, moral insight and indi-
vidual creativity, to the end that they may live full
and useful lives in their families, careers and the
world.

Agnes Scott College affirms its relationship to the
Judeo-Christian tradition. The values of this tradi-
tion are central to the life of the College. The Chris-
tian faith continues to shape the mission and purpose
of the College.

The dialogue between faith and learning at Agnes
Scott College fosters not only academic freedom, but
an appreciation of pluralism and a desire for diversity.
Those who share its life are invited to share its mis-
sion and purpose.

The Board of Trustees adopted this interpre-
tation of the charter statement of Agnes Scott
College on May 13, 1988.

1997-1999 Catalog

Agnes Scott Values

Agnes Scott College values the following goals:

A Commitment to Women

To a holistic approach to education for women,
acknowledging the primacy of intellectual devel-
opment, with integrating opportunities for physi-
cal, social, cultural and spiritual development.

To perspectives within the liberal arts tradition
that are particularly significant for women.

A Commitment to Teacliing and Learning

To academic excellence, rigor and creativity that
engender the joy of learning.

To personal interaction between students and
faculty with an emphasis on independent study
and mentoring.

To the utilization ot wide ranging pedagogical
techniques and technologies.

To an emphasis on collaborative learning.

A Commitment to the Liberal Arts

To the experience of a broad range of liberal stud-
ies disciplines, including the humanities, fine arts,
natural and social sciences with significant depth
in a disciplinary or interdisciplinary major.

To the liberal arts as the indispensable foundation
for professional life.

A Commitment to an Appreciation of Di-
verse Cultures

M To curricula reflecting a wide range of original
sources and scholarly critiques.

To a student body and a faculty who bring to
Agnes Scott the diverse perspectives of their cir-
cumstances, cultures and backgrounds.

To respectful engagement with divergent ideas,
philosophies and perspectives from all members of
the college community.

M To applied learning opportunities in local and
international communities.

A Commitment to a Community that Values
Justice, Courage and Integrity

M To encourage the development of a spiritual com-
mitment and a set of values that can serve as
sources of vitality, meaning and guidance in the
lives of students.

H To support the development of leadership skills
and community service experiences needed to
become effective contributors to one's family,
profession and to society and world citizenship.

Endorsed by the faculty, April 1995

Agnes Scott College

An Agnes Scott Education

An Agnes Scott education
is as enduring as our Vic-
torian Rebekah Scott Hall
and as modem as our Robert W.
Woodruff Physical Education
Building, which opened in 1988.
Students work hard in the class-
room, coming to grips with the per-
spectives and innovations sought
by today's leaders in industry,
government and health and human
services.

In a spacious room in a resi-
dence hall, students learn what is
most important about the human
condition while living in surround-
ings that echo values proclaimed
by tradition.

At Agnes Scott, students expe-
rience history, both physically and
intellectually.

At the same time, they live in
today's world with the advantages
of modern architecture and tech-
nology.

After exploring new possibilities
in a fully equipped laboratory,
students can see the stars at the
Bradley Observatory.

Students also have rich experi-
ences outside the classroom and off
campus. Through our internship
program, they test their education
and emerging skills in any of a
number of Atlanta area businesses
and institutions.

Agnes Scott women have
extended the classroom to include
the Centers for Disease Control,
the Cable News Network, the
Georgia State Legislature, the
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta,

1997-1999 Catalog

the Coca-Cola Company and
Grady Memorial Hospital. In 1995-
96, the College launched its Pro-
gram The Atlanta Semester:
Women, Leadership and Social
Change.

At Agnes Scott College, a
student's education has the depth
and breadth of the liberal arts and
immediacy of the 1990s.

Scholarships
and Financial Aid

We have a notable merit-based
scholarship program that recog-
nizes outstanding ability and
achievement. In 1996-97, more
than 85 percent of the student
body received scholarships and/or
aid in amounts ranging from $100
to full room, board and tuition.

We offer a wide range of finan-
cial aid opportunities because we
seek an economically diversified
student population.

Today, the College's endowment
per student ranks fifth among all
colleges and universities in the
United States. Many of our pro-
grams have been made possible by
the generosity of Agnes Scott's
friends and alumnae. They have
provided endowment money that
has contributed substantially to the
College's finances. The financial
aid package most appropriate for a
student's needs should be discussed,
personally, with a member of the
financial aid staff. For more details,
see FINANCIAL AID (p. 15).

An Agnes Scott education is
too valuable to be denied for

economic reasons alone.

Life at Agnes
Scott College

Agnes Scott College is located
in Decatur, a community of 20,000,
only six miles from the heart of the
south Atlanta. A great university
city, a great American city, a great
international city and home of the
1996 Summer Olympics, Atlanta is
alive intellectually, culturally and
socially. MARTA, the city's rapid
transit system, takes Agnes Scott
students to many parts of the city.
Professional theatre, dance, music
and the visuals arts flourish. The
Robert W. Woodruff Arts Center is
home to the High Museum of Art,
the Alliance Theatre and the
Atlanta Symphony. The College
Events Series brings to the Agnes
Scott campus many world-
renowned performances such as the
"Capitol Steps," and speakers such
as John Updike. The Fox Theatre,
Underground Atlanta and many
other first rate facilities provide
entertainment.

In professional sports, Atlanta is
home to the Falcons (football), the
Hawks (basketball) and the Braves
(baseball) and the Knights (hockey).

Shopping is the best in the
Southeast, and there are many
malls and small boutiques to satisfy
every need. Restaurants serve
cuisine ranging from Southern
cooking to French to Cajun to
Korean and new restaurants are
opening every day.

Agnes Scott is a college of ap-

An ASC Education

proximately 700 students. It otters
many benefits over larger colleges.
Each individual is important to the
growth and spirit at Agnes Scott.
Living with friends and learning to
love them as extended family are
essential parts of campus life. Some
of the friendships you begin in the
residence hall will last a lifetime.
At Agnes Scott, we know how
important residence living is.
That's why all our halls are com-
fortable and distinctive.

Residence Halls

Agnes Scott, Rebekah Scott and
Inman halls have been restored to
their Victorian elegance while
meeting today's demands for effi-
ciency and comfort. These halls
have recaptured their former grace
with period design and furnishings
(some donated by alumnae) and
chandeliers in their lobbies and
parlors. All three of these halls are
now listed in the National Register
of Historic Places.

There are three other comfort-
able residence halls on campus:
Hopkins, Walters and Winship.

Library

The McCain Library provides
students with the best of two
worlds: the individualized attention
possible only at a small college
library and the wide range of schol-
arly materials available through
new technologies and resource
sharing. The strong liberal arts core
collection contains nearly 200,000
volumes, 28,000 microforms and
more than 7,000 materials in other
media. Curent subscriptions sup-
port approximately 800 periodical
titles, and others are available

electronically. Collections and
study spaces occupy the architec-
turally distinguished McCain
Library, built in 1936.

Through the College's consor-
tium membership in the University
Center in Georgia, our students
also enjoy access to the library
holdings (10 million volumes) of
nineteen local colleges and univer-
sities. As a participant in the state-
wide GALILEO (Georgia Library
Learning Online) Project, the
library provides over 100 electronic
databases containing periodical

indexing, full-text journals, and
reference works supporting the full
range of curricular programs. Librar-
ians offer one-on-one assistance,
workshops and other learning op-
portunities designed to foster infor-
mation-literacy skills for academic
success and career development.

Computer Facilities

The College has invested
heavily in technology to support
faculty and students. The campus is
fully networked using the latest in
technology, i.e., all locations in-

Extracurricular Activities

in a small community, everyone's
talents are needed and appreci-

Intercollegiate Soccer

Intercollegiate Tennis

ated. At Agnes Scott, you will ex-

Intercollegiate Volleyball

plore old interests, develop new

Joyful Noise - a gospel singing

ones and enjoy the special chemis-

group

try of shared enthusiasms.

Lesbian Bi-Sexual Alliance

Agnes Scott Outdoors

London Fog - a jazz vocal group

Agnes Scott College Community

Oracle - organization for

Orchestra

Muslim students

Aquatic Scotties - synchronized

Orientation Council

swimming

Jhe Profile campus newspaper

Asian Cultural Awareness

Racism Free Zone

Student Association

Religious Life Council

The Aurora - literary magazine

Residence Hall Association

Biackfriars - presenting three

Returning Student Organization

major drama productions each

The Silhouette - student yearbook

year

Social Council

Chimo - organization for interna-

Spanish, French and German

tional students

clubs

Circle K

Student art exhibits - open to the

College Republicans

public

College Young Democrats

Student Government Association

Collegiate Chorale

Studio Dance Theatre

Day Student Organization

Tower Council

Honor Court

Volunteer Board

Intercollegiate Basketball

Witkaze - organization for

Intercollegiate Club Softball

African-American students

Intercollegiate Cross Country

Agnes Scott College

An ASC Education

eluding faculty offices, classrooms,
labs and residence halls have net-
work connections. Each residence
hall room also has cable TV con-
nections. The campus computer
network, SCOTTLAN, is con-
nected to the Internet, providing
access for all on-campus systems to
resources such as the World Wide
Web. Each faculty member has his
or her own personal computer
system with access to networked
laser printing facilities. All student
facilities, including the Academic
Computing Center (Walters), the
three satellite centers (Inman,
Main, Winship), the Collaborative
Learning Center (Alston Annex),
the Writing Workshop (Buttrick),
the Science Resource Center
(Campbell) and the Mac Lab
(Dana) follow the same high stan-
dards. Other specialized facilities
include the Science Workstation
Lab (Bradley Observatory), the
Interactive Learning Center
(Buttrick) and the Instructional
Technology Center (Buttrick),
including the Modern Language
Lab, the Small Group Discussions
Room and the Faculty Develop-
ment Center. The College is com-
mitted to keeping pace with the
rapid changes in technology that
enable faculty and students to
enhance their teaching and learn-
ing experiences.

Centers for Writing and
Spealcing

At the Centers for Writing and
Speaking, trained student tutors
and center directors (faculty mem-
bers) assist students who are work-
ing on papers or other writing
assignments and oral presentations.

1997-1999 Catalog

In tutorial sessions for writing,
students are encouraged to develop
their own ideas and to evaluate
how well their writing communi-
cates those ideas. Computers are
available in the Writing Center for
students to use in conjunction with
a tutoring session or on their own.
During tutorial sessions for speak-
ing, students are encouraged to
clarify and develop their ideas for
effective oral communication or to
work on presentation style and
method. When appropriate, audio
and video equipment is also avail-
able to help students with their
presentations.

Students may come to the Cen-
ter for Writing of the Center for
Speaking at any stage of their
projects. For writing, tutoring is
available during the day and
evening Sunday through Friday.
For speaking, tutoring is available
during the hours posted Sunday
through Friday. There is no charge
for the service.

Collaborative Learning
Centers

The Collaborative Learning
Center (CLC) is located on the
first floor of the Wallace Alston
Campus Center Annex. The CLC
is a place for collaborative study, a
kind of "talking study hall." Stu-
dents meet here to work together
on projects for their classes, to
study for tests, to meet with tutors
from various academic departments
or to assist each other with assign-
ments. Furnished with comfortable
chairs, work tables, good lighting
and computers, the CLC affords
students a place to confirm and
expand the learning processes that

begin in the classroom.

There is also a collaborative
learning center on the first floor of
Campbell Hall equipped with study
areas, resource materials and high-
end work stations with access to
on-line resources, including the
library.

Choosing Your Career

Education and preparation for
life after Agnes Scott are of utmost
importance. The Office of Career
Planning and Counseling encour-
ages students to make well-in-
formed decisions about career and
life-style options. The office pro-
vides individual counseling, self
assessment aids, job search work-
shops and other programs.

The Intern, Extern and Shadow
Programs offer students opportuni-
ties to learn about occupations and
professions while at Agnes Scott.
These programs help students gain
practical experience and learn
more about various occupations
and professions. As an example,
during the semester break, students
can work for a week to gain experi-
ence in a corporate or a non-profit
setting.

Honor System

Ethics and values are central to
the purpose, curricula and social
life of Agnes Scott College.
Women here take personal respon-
sibility for their own integrity and
behavior. The Honor System,
rarely found on campuses today, is
governed by students; and each
student is expected to uphold the
high standards of that system. The
Honor System offers students the
privilege of unproctored exams.

Agnes Scott Today

For more than a century, Agnes Scott College
has been educating women and cultivating
leaders. And as private liberal arts colleges
become more and more homogenized, Agnes Scott's
national reputation and financial endowment con-
tinue to distinguish it. The College's commitment to
superior women's education, its unusually challeng-
ing academic environment, its proximity to Atlanta
(one of the fastest-growing major cities in America),
its wealth of career, social, cultural and educational
resources and the largest per-student endowment of
any national liberal arts college (the fifth largest of
any U.S. college or university), place it ahead of the
rest.

One hundred percent of the College's faculty
members hold the highest degree in their fields.
They have earned Ph.D.s from institutions such as
Princeton, MIT, Cal-Berkeley, Yale and Duke. And
they stay current in their disciplines by researching,
networking with colleagues and publishing in lead-
ing academic journals. Many students and professors
work side-by-side on research projects, gaining first-
hand experience and knowledge in their majors and
boosting their future credibility in graduate school or
career.

Agnes Scott's respect for the past and excitement
about the future are apparent in every aspect of cam-
pus life. With its Gothic and Victorian architecture,
the College is the centerpiece of the Candler Street-
Agnes Scott College Historic District. But the Col-
lege is not "stuck" in the past. This dynamic institu-
tion is implementing a well-devised plan to increase

enrollment and expand and update campus facilities
to accommodate such growth. Expansion and reno-
vation of the student center and McCain Library
will begin a wave of growth that will extend into the
next century.

^X'^lile the College has a constant eye toward the
future, Agnes Scott holds dear its traditions. The
Honor Code, the cornerstone of life at Agnes Scott,
lets students enjoy self-scheduled exams and
unproctored tests. Black Cat, a week-long spirit com-
petition, galvanizes the student body every October
and the annual Ring Ceremony is the high point of
Sophomore Family Weekend.

The College is also committed to linking the
student body to the world in many ways. With com-
puter connections in every residence hall room,
computer satellite stations all over campus and such
connections as SOPHIA (Scott's Online Phenom-
enal Information Access) and GALILEO (Georgia
Library Learning Online), every student has a "vir-
tual connection" to the world around her.

And our commitment to experiential learning
through such programs as the Atlanta Semester,
internship study, the Global Awareness Program and
the Global Connections Program (students have
traveled to Japan, India, Greece and England in
recent years), "literally" links the students to an ever-
shrinking world.

You can bet that these sorts of connections make
a world of difference in the lives of women who are
going to lead the world in the future.

10

Agnes Scott College

Admission

A gnes Scott College admits
/ \ students of diverse back-
jL JL grounds, interests and
talents whose academic and per-
sonal qualities promise success.
Qualified women of any race, age,
creed, national or ethnic origin are
encouraged to apply. The College
admits qualified students with
disabilities and makes every effort
to meet the needs of such students.
Agnes Scott College is authorized
under federal law to enroll nonim-
migrant foreign nationals.

The Office of Admission, under
policies and standards established
by the faculty, considers each
student's application and examines
evidence of sound academic prepa-
ration, ability, motivation, maturity
and integrity. Every completed
application receives a thorough
review. Agnes Scott admits well-
qualified students without regard to

financial need. An applicant's
financial situation is considered
after an admission decision has
been made. Students are admitted
on the basis of their academic and
personal records and promise, not
on family financial circumstances.

General information

The Application

Applications for undergraduate
admission are distributed by the
Office of Admission.

The application for admission
should be mailed, together with a
nonrefundable application fee, to:

Office of Admission

Agnes Scott College

141 E. College Ave.

Decatur, Georgia 30030

The $35 fee may be submitted
in the torm of a check or money
order to Agnes Scott College. The

Office of Admission considers
requests for fee waivers on an indi-
vidual basis.

Entrance Requirements

A student's record of achieve-
ment in secondary school is the
most reliable indicator of college
success. Successful candidates for
admission usually graduate in the
top 20 percent of their high school
class and present a minimum of
four academic units each year.
Courses include four years of
English, two years of one foreign
language, three years of mathemat-
ics (algebra 1 and II, geometry),
one or more years of laboratory
science (biology, chemistry, phys-
ics) and one or more years of social
studies. Students may be accepted
without the recommended number
of courses in a particular field.

Financial Aid

The Financial Aid program at
Agnes Scott is designed to
make an Agnes Scott education
affordable to every student who is
admitted. The financial need of a
student accepted for admission is
evaluated by the Financial Aid
Office. A financial aid plan is devel-
oped consisting of grant, loan and
work components. For more infor-
mation, see FINANCIAL AID (p. 15).
During the academic year 1996-
97, grant, loan and work funds were

used by more than 85 percent of the
student body to meet their educa-
tional expenses.

The College also offers scholar-
ships based on merit rather than
need. Awarded annually they are
renewable and range from $2,000 to
full tuition, room and board. Aca-
demic scholarships usually have
early application deadlines and
interested applicants should call the
Office of Admission for details.

1997-1999 Catalog

Entrance Examinations

Applicants must present results
of either the Scholastic Assessment
Test (SAT 1) or the American
College Test (ACT). These exami-
nations should be taken in the
spring of the junior year or by De-
cember of the senior year in high
school. The highest scores pre-
sented by an applicant are consid-
ered.

Information about the SAT 1
and ACT may be obtained in high
school guidance offices. For infor-
mation, write:

College Board Admissions

11

Admission

Testing Program
Box 592

Princeton, NJ 08541
Test Administration

Department
American College Testing

Program
PO. Box 168
Iowa City, 10 52243

Advanced Placement Credit

Credit toward the Agnes Scott
degree may be given for scores of
four or five on the following Ad-
vanced Placement Examinations
of the College Entrance Examina-
tion Board (CEEB) taken in sec-
ondary school. Art (history, stu-
dio), biology, chemistry (student
may submit application for lab
credit), economics (macro, mi-
cro), English (language and com-
position, literature and composi-
tion), French (language, litera-
ture), German (language), history
(American, European), political
science government and politics
(comparative, U.S.), Classics
(Vergil, Latin lyric), mathematics
(calculus AB or BC; 3 credits
granted if student receives a score
of 3 and completes MAT 119 with
a grade of C or better), music
(theory), physics (B, C mechanics,
electricity and magnetism), psy-
chology, Spanish (language, litera-
ture).

Credit toward the Agnes Scott
degree may be given for scores of
five, six, or seven on the higher
level examinations of the Interna-
tional Baccalaureate taken in
secondary school.

Students who have participated
in joint enrollment programs with

12

accredited colleges and universi-
ties may receive credit for grades
of C or better if the college issues
an official transcript and certifies
that the course was a regular
college course taught by a regular
member of the college faculty.
Final determination of credit for
joint enrollment courses will be
made by the dean or assistant
dean of the college.

All inquiries and materials
connected with advanced place-
ment credit should be directed to
the assistant dean of the college.

Interviews & Overnight Visits

An on-campus mterview is
strongly recommended but not
required for all candidates. The
student becomes better ac-
quainted with the College and a
visit is very useful when making
the final college choice. An inter-
view is also helpful to the Office
of Admission when evaluating an
application. Student-led tours,
class visits and overnight stays in
residence halls can be scheduled
as part of the visit. To schedule an
interview, write or telephone the
Office of Admission at least a
week in advance.

Agnes Scott alumnae are
available in many areas of the
country to talk to prospective
students about Agnes Scott.

Candidates for admission can
find the name and address of the
alumnae representative closest to
them by contacting the Agnes
Scott Office of Admission.
For information call or
write:

Office of Admission

Agnes Scott College
141 E. College Avenue
Decatur, Georgia 30030
(404) 638-6285
National 1-800-868-8602
Fax (404) 638-6414
E-mail
admission@agnesscott.edu

Health Record

All applicants who accept the
College's offer of admission must
submit a complete medical history,
including a certificate of examina-
tion by their physicians, as well as
results of immunizations and chest
X-ray. Entrance Health Record
Forms are mailed to enrolling stu-
dents and must be received by the
director of the health center by
August 1.

Secondary
School Students

Applying as a Senior

Seniors should apply for admis-
sion before the priority deadline
(March 1 ) of the senior year. Cre-
dentials required are: a completed
application form, a high school
transcript, essay, scores from the
Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT
I) and/or the American College
Test (ACT), a guidance
counselor's recommendation and a
teacher's recommendation. Agnes
Scott admits students according to
the following application plans:

1 Early Decision/First Choice

(The applicant agrees to withdraw
all other college applications after
receiving notice of admission and
financial aid from Agnes Scott.)

Agnes Scott College

Admission

Application deadline:

November 15

Notification date: December 15

2 Scholarship Decision

Application deadline: January 5
Notification date: January 25

3 Regular Decision

Application deadline: March 1
Notification: Beginning
March 1

Part-time Students

Students may elect to enroll
initially at Agnes Scott on a part-
time basis, if their circumstances
make full-time attendance imprac-
tical. Students wishing to enroll on
a part-time basis should discuss
that option with an admission
representative in the Office of
Admission and indicate their inter-
est in enrolling part-time on the
regular application for admission.
Part-time students are not subject
to the minimum course load re-
quirement, but they are subject to
the following time limits for
completion of the degree: a) eight
years after enrollment if classified
as a first-year student; b) six years
after enrollment if classified as a
sophomore; c) four years after en-
rollment if classified as a junior or
senior.

Joint Enrollment

Some high school seniors are
ready to take college courses before
graduation. Under the Joint Enroll-
ment Program, high school seniors
(male or female) may take some
courses at Agnes Scott. These

students must be approved for
admission by the director of admis-
sion and are admitted to specific
courses by the assistant dean ot the
college. A candidate must submit a
high school transcript, a record of
SAT 1 or ACT scores and a letter
from the high school counselor
giving a general recommendation
and specific course approval.

Admission after Junior
Year of Highi Schiool

A student judged to be ready for
college after her junior year of high
school may be admitted to Agnes
Scott College as an early admission
student. The student must be ma-
ture, academically prepared and
strongly recommended for this
program by her school. Most high
schools grant a diploma after a
student completes first-year courses
at Agnes Scott. A student consid-
ering this possibility should consult
her high school guidance office.
Successful applicants are classified
as first-year students at Agnes
Scott and use the normal applica-
tion procedures and dates. An
admission interview is required of
all early admission applicants.

Home Schiool Students

Home school students are evalu-
ated individually, although greater
emphasis is often placed on stan-
dardized test scores and writing
samples. Students should he en-
couraged to provide as much infor-
mation about their curriculum as
possible through the admission
process. Interviews and SAT 11
subject tests in areas such as

English and math are strongly
recommended.

International Students

International students are en-
couraged to send their completed
forms early in order to avoid postal
delays. Foreign nationals whose
first language is not English should
also submit the results of the Test
of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL). Information may be
obtained from the local U.S. Office
of Information or by writing to the
TOEFL Program, Educational
Testing Service, Box 899,
Princeton, New Jersey 08541.

College
Students

Transfer Students

Agnes Scott welcomes applica-
tions from transfer students, in-
cluding graduates of two-year col-
leges. Transfer applicants are ad-
mitted on the basis of academic
and personal achievement and
motivation. In addition to com-
pleted application forms, each
applicant must submit standardized
test score results (SAT 1 or ACT),
an official transcript of high school
and college work, one letter of
recommendation from a college
professor who taught the applicant
an academic subject and a state-
ment of good standing. Students
who are on probation or have been
dismissed will not be admitted to
Agnes Scott College.

Transfer students are also urged
to visit Agnes Scott for an mter-
view in the Office of Admission.

Transfer students must complete

1997-1999 Catalog

13

Admission

the junior and senior years at
Agnes Scott and earn a minimum
of 60 semester hours in academic
subjects at the College.

Transfer applications are
accepted for the fall and spring
semesters. Admission decisions are
made and announced as applica-
tions are completed and openings
remain available.

Transfer credit may be given for
courses taken at accredited institu-
tions, provided the student has
earned a grade of C or better and
the courses fall within the scope of
Agnes Scott's curriculum. Students
wishing to apply a substantial por-
tion of work earned elsewhere
toward their major should check
with the assistant dean of the
college.

Transient Students

Students in good standing at
other colleges may apply as tran-
sient students at Agnes Scott for
one or more semesters and take one
or more courses. A request for
admission as a transient student
should be filed in writing with the
assistant dean of the college and

supported by the following items
sent at the student's initiative: a
transcript of record, including a
statement of good standing and a
letter of approval from the
student's college dean, indicating
approval of the plan and of
specific courses to be taken for
transfer credit.

Student
Disabilities

Agnes Scott complies with
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973. Agnes Scott accepts
students with documented disabili-
ties who can successfully pursue a
demanding and rigorous college
program.

Students with documented
disabilities, including learning
disabilities, meet with the assistant
dean of the college or the associate
dean of students to determine ap-
propriate and feasible accommoda-
tions. Faculty and staff are notified
only in those cases in which a
specific request from a student has
been made.

Academic accommodations
may include use of taped textbooks
or readings, adjusted times for

examinations and projects or use of
word processing for examinations
and are determined on an indi-
vidual basis. The request for ac-
commodation and documentation
of the disability are maintained in
the student's file in the registrar's
office. The student must work with
the faculty to determine appropri-
ate and reasonable accommoda-
tions given the nature of the course
work. The assistant dean of the
college assists in establishing these
accommodations. The student
must specify for which courses she
is making the request. Under cer-
tain circumstances, students may
request an exemption to a specific
or distributional requirement by
consulting with the assistant dean
of the college. Approval of the
dean of the college is required for
these exceptions.

Residence hall accommodations
may include appropriate placement
in a residence hall or the installa-
tion of an alarm for a hearing prob-
lem. Assistance can be given for
planning traffic routes on campus
or any other special circumstances.

14

Agnes Scott College

Financial Aid

The financial aid program at
Agnes Scott is designed to
make an Agnes Scott educa-
tion affordable to every student who
is admitted. The financial need ot a
student accepted for admission is
evaluated by the Financial Aid
Office.

The College also offers scholar-
ships based on merit rather than
need. Awarded annually, the schol-
arships are renewable and range
from $2,000 to $20,345.

Agnes Scott offers scholarships
and awards based on a variety of
criteria. All scholarships and
awards are renewable for a maxi-
mum of three additional years. The
Office of Admission can provide
further information about the
scholarship and awards program.

B Honor Scholarships range
in value from $12,000 to $20,345.
Students must submit the admis-
sion and scholarship/award applica-
tions by January 5. Recipients are
selected on the basis of outstanding
academic achievement and prom-
ise.

11 Nannette Hopkins Schol-
arships in music are awarded to
entering students planning to ma-
jor in music on the basis of musical
talent and promise. These scholar-
ships range in value from $2,000 to
$8,500 per year. Contact the Office
of Admission about auditions.

M Achievement Awards in
the amount of $7,000 are awarded
on the basis of academic achieve-
ment and demonstrated involve-
ment in school or community.

1997-1999 Catalog

Applicants should submit the ad-
mission and scholarship/award
applications by March I tor priority
consideration.

Community Service
Awards are awarded to students
who show demonstrated involve-
ment in service activities through
school, the religious community, or
an agency or foundation. Appli-
cants are required to provide an
expanded resume ot their activities.

I Middle Income Assis-
tance Awards ranging in value
from $3,000 to $6,000 are awarded
to students who do not qualify for
significant assistance based on their
financial circumstances or admis-
sion credentials, yet may not be
able to afford the cost of private
higher education. Applicants
should submit their admission and
financial aid applications by March
1 tor priority consideration.

ii HOPE Matching Awards
in the amount of $3,000 are
awarded to Georgia HOPE Schol-
ars who apply for the HOPE Schol-
arship by submitting the Georgia
Tuition Equalization Grant appli-
cation or the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid.

National Presbyterian
College Scholarships of up to
$ 1 ,400 are awarded to entering
first-year students who are mem-
bers of the Presbyterian Church
(U.S.A.) Selection is based on
scholastic ability and family finan-
cial circumstances. Applications
are available from the National
Presbyterian Church.

'^: Marie L. Rose Scholar-
ship in the amount ot $1,000 is
awarded by the Huguenot Society
ot America to a rising sophomore,
junior or senior who presents proof
of eligibility as a Huguenot descen-
dant. The Financial Aid Office has
these applications, which must be
submitted no later than April 15.

~ Scholarships for DeKalb
College Graduates are valued at
$8,000 per year. Recipients must
have graduated from DeKalb Col-
lege within the 12 months prior to
beginning at Agnes Scott.

M Transfer Scholarships are
available to transfers who apply by
the transfer priority deadline of
May 1. Contact the Office of Ad-
mission for additional information.

Financial Aid Based on
Family Financial
Circumstances

Agnes Scott has substantial
resources to provide need-based
assistance. An Agnes Scott finan-
cial aid award usually combines
one or more grants, a Federal
Stafford Student Loan and the
offer of campus employment. If
students choose to decline any
portion of their financial aid pack-
age, they must use their own re-
sources to replace these funds.

Government Sources Of
Financial Assistance

S State of Georgia Grants.

Qualified Georgia residents are
automatically eligible tor the Geor-

15

Financial Aid

gia Tuition Equalization Grant (in

the amount of $1,000 in 1996-97).
To qualifv', a student must have
been a legal resident of Georgia for
the 12 months immediately preced-
ing enrollment at Agnes Scott and
must be registered for at least 1 2
semester hours 14 days after the
end of the drop/add period. The
Georgia Tuition Equalization
Grant is not based on the financial
situation of the student's family. It
recognizes the important role pri-
vate colleges play in reducing the
cost to taxpayers for the education
of Georgia citizens. Applications,
which must be filed yearly, can be
obtained from the Agnes Scott
Financial Aid Office.

Georgia residents who are full-
time students and who demonstrate
substantial financial need may also
qualify for the Student Incentive
Grant. These awards ranged from
$500-$ 1,000 for the 1996-97 aca-
demic year.

In addition, HOPE scholars are
eligible to receive a HOPE Schol-
arship in the amount of $3,000.

M Federal Programs. Two grant
programs provide federal grant
funds. The Federal Pell Grant
program makes need-based awards
based on information provided on
the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA). These
grants were for a maximum of
$2,470 for 1996-97. Federal
Supplemental Educational Oppor-
tunity Grants range from $100 to
$4,000. Completing the FAFSA is
all that is necessary to apply for
both of these programs.

Federal Work-Study Program
funds provide a portion of salaries

16

paid to students who are awarded
campus jobs as a part of their finan-
cial aid package.

The Federal Stafford Student
Loan Program enables students to
borrow directly from banks, credit
unions, savings and loan associa-
tions and other participating
lenders. Students must complete
the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid to be eligible to apply
tor a Federal Stafford Loan. The
low interest loans are repayable
beginning six months after ceasing
enrollment on a half-time or
greater basis. The Federal Stafford
Loan Program limits the amount
which students may borrow annu-
ally to $2,625 for first-year stu-
dents, $3,500 for sophomores,
$5,500 for juniors and seniors and
$8,500 for graduate students.

If the results of the aid applica-
tion indicate that the student is
eligible for an interest subsidy, the
federal government will pay the
student's interest while she is
attending an eligible institution on
a half-time or greater basis. Stu-
dents who are not eligible for the
interest subsidy may borrow under
the Federal Stafford Loan Program;
however, the student is responsible
for the accrued interest, which
either may be paid on a periodic
basis or added to the loan principal.

Any student who has difficulty
locating a Federal Stafford Loan
lender should contact the Agnes
Scott College Financial Aid Office.

Application
Procedures

Agnes Scott requires all finan-
cial aid applicants to complete the
Free Application for Federal Stu-

dent Aid. Additionally, all entering
students who wish to be considered
for Agnes Scott grants based on
tamily financial circumstances are
required to complete the Agnes
Scott College Financial Aid Appli-
cation. Prospective students should
indicate their interest in financial
assistance on the Agnes Scott
application for admission.

Transfer applicants, applicants
for readmission and Return to
College applicants may obtain the
applications from the Office of
Admission.

Currently enrolled students
seeking aid for the next session
should obtain the applications from
the Financial Aid Office. Instruc-
tions for applying are posted on the
official bulletin board in January.

Determination
of College Awards

The financial aid office uses the
information provided on the finan-
cial aid applications to determine
the amount of family resources
which should be available to the
student for college expenses.
Among the factors used in the
analysis are: family and student
income and assets, taxes, the num-
ber of people in the household, the
age of the older parent and the
number of children in college.

The processed financial aid
application must be received in the
Financial Aid Office by May 1 to
receive a priority package.

Students also must inform the
Financial Aid Office of any signifi-
cant changes in the financial
situation of their families which
might require an increase or
decrease in aid.

Agnes Scott College

Financial Aid

Notification of Awards

Students are notified of their
financial aid award for the coming
session as soon as possible after the
Financial Aid Office receives their
processed financial aid applications.

Confidentiality
of Awards

Since the amount of an award
reflects a family's financial circum-
stances, college personnel consider
the award a private matter be-
tween the student, her parents and
the Financial Aid Office. In accor-
dance with the legislation titled
"The Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974," Agnes
Scott will not release this informa-
tion to others without the student's
written consent.

Student
Responsibilities

Students interested in financial
assistance at Agnes Scott must
apply for all federal and state
grants which may be available to
them. Students are encouraged to
investigate the possibility of aid
through community agencies, local
foundations, corporations, unions
and religious and civic groups.

Students are responsible for
knowing and complying with all
instructions and regulations of the
various student assistance pro-
grams.

Financial aid awards are made
for one year and are renewable on
evidence of continued eligibility as
indicated by the results of com-
pleted financial aid applications
each year. All financial aid pro-
grams must be applied for annually.

All students must make satisfac-

tory progress toward the comple-
tion of their degree to continue to
receive financial assistance.

Students receiving financial
assistance who withdraw from the
College during the refund period
may not receive refunds personally.
Instead, the refund will go back
into the various accounts of the
programs from which funds were
issued. In cases where students
withdraw from the College and
have received cash for non-direct
educational expenses, repayment of
unused funds may be necessary.

Duration

of Aid Eligibility

Normally Agnes Scott College
funded assistance is available only
for the equivalent of eight semes-
ters of full-time study. Students
who attend part time or who trans-
fer in credits from an institution in
which they previously were ma-
triculated or degree-seeking, will
have their aid eligibility prorated
accordingly.

Students are eligible to receive
Title IV federal financial aid for no
more than 12 full-time equivalent
semesters of study. Eligibility will
be prorated for transfer and part-
time students. For example, a Re-
turn to College student who enrolls
as a first semester junior and at-
tends half-time each semester, will
be eligible to receive federal finan-
cial aid for no more than 12 semes-
ters.

Students who drop or add
courses during the first ten calen-
dar days of the semester will have
their financial aid awards revised to
reflect any change in enrollment
status (full-time, three-quarter time

or half-time). Hours dropped after
that period will be included in the
computation of the student's dura-
tion of financial aid eligibility.

Satisfactory
Academic Progress

To receive financial assistance
at Agnes Scott College through
programs authorized by Title IV of
the Higher Education Act as
amended, through state adminis-
tered programs and through Col-
lege funded programs a student
must maintain satisfactory aca-
demic progress.

The standards of progress and
criteria for academic probation as
described in the college catalog
also determine financial aid proba-
tion. When a student is placed on
academic probation, she is also
placed on financial aid probation
and is sent written notification. If a
student continues on academic
probation for a third consecutive
semester, her financial aid is
terminated.

All Agnes Scott Scholarships
based on merit require specific
academic achievement for renewal.
The requirements vary and are
included in the scholarship notifi-
cation.

Appeals and
Reinstatement of Aid

A student may appeal the termi-
nation of her financial aid. If cir-
cumstances warrant it, the finan-
cial aid may he reinstated. A writ-
ten appeal must be submitted to
the director of financial aid by the
date specified on the notification
to terminate aid. Students receive
written notification of the decision

1997-1999 Catalog

17

Financial Aid

regarding appeal.

If the appeal for continuation of
financial aid is denied, the student
can regain eligibility for financial
aid by attending at her own ex-
pense and accumulating the hours
and/or raising her cumulative GPA
to the level required to regain good
standing.

If a student is dismissed or with-
draws from the College while
ineligible for financial aid for fail-
ure to make satisfactory academic
progress, she can request a rein-
statement of aid eligibility upon
readmission to the College by
sending a written request to the
director of financial aid. If circum-
stances warrant it, the financial aid
may be reinstated. Students receive
written notification of this deci-
sion.

Students who wish to appeal the
termination of their merit-based
scholarships may appeal to the
director in writing. Students re-
ceive a written response regarding
the decision on the appeal.

Other Financing
Options

The College offers several other
options for financing an Agnes
Scott education. These programs
are designed to help a student's
family manage their resources in
ways which will enable them to
make their expected contribution
toward college costs.
Detailed information on these

programs is available in the

Financial Aid Office.

Parent Loan Plan. The Agnes
Scott Parent Loan Plan is funded
by the College for families who

18

wish to obtain loans ranging from
annual amounts of $1,000 to
$7,500 at a low interest rate. Re-
payment is made monthly over an
extended period. Contact the
Agnes Scott College Financial Aid
Office for further information.

Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students
(PLUS). The Federal Loan
Program enables parents of en-
rolled students to make federally
insured loans at a low interest rate
through banks, credit unions, sav-
ings and loans. Parents may borrow
a maximum of the cost of educa-
tion less other financial assistance.

H AchleverLoan The

AchieverLoan from the Knight
College Resource Group is a long-
term loan program for parents who
wish to spread college costs over a
longer period of time (up to fifteen
years).

Agnes Scott College Ten-
Month Payment Plan. For par

ents of dependent students and for
independent students who wish to
meet educational expenses without
borrowing, the Agnes Scott
Payment Plan divides college costs
into ten interest-free monthly
payments. For renewal, an applica-
tion, with fee, must be filed
annually.

Return to College
Students

Financial assistance is available
for full- or part-time study to
women pursuing their first
bachelor's degree who demonstrate

financial eligibility or who are
eligible for the Middle Income
Assistance Grant or the Scholar-
ships for DeKalb College graduates.
For most financial aid programs,
recipients must enroll each semes-
ter for a minimum of six semester
hours of credit. Financial aid
awards for Return to College stu-
dents usually consist of grant and
loan funds.

Return to College applicants
who wish to apply for financial
assistance should file their aid
applications at least two months
prior to the beginning of the se-
mester for which they plan to en-
roll. (See previous information for
details.)

Loan assistance is available to
degree seeking students who al-
ready have a bachelor's degree and
to post-baccalaureate students
enrolled in a course of study re-
quired for teacher certification or
for entrance into graduate school.

international Students

A limited amount of financial
aid based on need is available for
international students. Interna-
tional students may obtain both
the CSS Declaration and Certifica-
tion of Finances and the Financial
Aid Application for Students in
Foreign Countries from the Office
of Admission.

International students must be
able to provide their own transpor-
tation, vacation and summer
expenses and health insurance.

March 1 is the deadline for
receipt of all admission and finan-
cial aid documents from interna-
tional students interested in aid.

Agnes Scott College

Outside the Classroom

At Agnes Scott College the
entire community works
together to help incoming
students successfully begin their
college careers. The orientation
process begins before a new student
arrives on campus and continues
throughout her first year. Struc-
tured programs include faculty
advising, course selection and
placement tests, as well as formal
introductions to campus student
organizations.

New students also get to know
Agnes Scott through personal, less
formal programs. For example, each
in-coming student is assigned an
upper class student as a "big sister."
This big sister contacts the new
student during the summer before
her first semester and continues the
special relationship through that
student's first year at Agnes Scott.
We also encourage social involve-
ment through activities such as
weekend events in the Atlanta
area, on-campus parties with stu-
dents from other colleges and
Agnes Scott student participation
in events on other Atlanta cam-
puses.

International students, minority
students, transfer students and
Return to College students are
offered additional orientation pro-
grams tailored to their needs. All
students are welcomed and encour-
aged to become vital members of
the campus community.

1997-1999 Catalog

Living Arrangements

Our residence halls are almost
entirely self-governing. A senior
resident and a resident director
are assigned to each hall as
needed. These residential staff
members are supervised by the
associate dean of students. The
Student Handbook, given to each
student on arrival, explains all
campus regulations.

All of our rooms cost the same.
Except for Return to College
students, all full-time students
must live in a College residence
hall or with parents or other rela-
tives. Any student who wishes to
change her residency status must
have the permission of the dean of
students.

In the event that a student's
conduct indicates that she is not
in sympathy with the ideals and
standards of the College's resi-
dence life policies or is not mature
enough to reside on campus, the
dean of students may terminate
the student's resident status.

Student Activities

The majority of student activi-
ties are held in the Wallace
McPherson Alston Campus Cen-
ter. This two-building facility was
designed to meet a variety of
needs. The Alston Center has a
U.S. Post Office, student lounges,
a snack bar, three racquetball
courts, a studio dance area and
the chapel. The Alston Annex
houses student government offices
and a lounge for commuting stu-

dents. The director of student
activities plans social, cultural,
intellectual and recreational
activities for students.

Each year students have an
opportunity to submit lists of their
activities and offices held, intern-
ship or campus jobs for inclusion
on an activities transcript. The
transcripts may be requested in the
registrar's office.

Student Government

Agnes Scott is a community
that values open communication
among faculty, students and admin-
istrators. The Student Government
Association acts as a formal liaison
between the students and the ad-
ministration. Through this associa-
tion, students are, to a large extent,
self-governing as they assume re-
sponsibility for many policies and
regulations. The Student Handbook
includes more information about
student government.

Healtli Services

Student Health Services are
provided on campus under the
direction of a nationally certified
nurse practitioner working with
physician consultants in internal
medicine, gynecology and
psychiatry. Services include evalua-
tion and treatment of common
health problems, health education
and counseling. When necessary,
the professional staff can refer
students with specific health prob-
lems to the medical director or to
other specialists for evaluation and

19

Outside the Classroom

treatment. The student health
program stresses prevention of
illness, promotes self-care and
encourages positive health prac-
tices. Off-campus psychiatric coun-
seling services are available upon
request.

Special health education and
screening programs are offered
throughout the year. Reference
materials on health issues are
located in the Student Health
Center.

Resident students are eligible for
all services provided by the Stu-
dent Health Center. The residence
fee entitles the boarding student to
an evaluation and treatment of
health problems by the nurse prac-
titioner or referral to the appropri-
ate medical resource. Faculty, staff
and non-resident students may
receive first aid for minor injuries,
limited health screening, health
information and referral upon
request but are not eligible for
other services from the Health
Center.

Students with serious illness or
accident victims will be referred to
the appropriate medical facility.
The College reserves the right, if
parents or guardians cannot be
reached, to make decisions
concerning emergency health
problems for any student who is a
minor.

Counseling

Confidential counseling services
are available for all Agnes Scott
students with the College counse-
lor and the College chaplain. In
general, therapy sessions last 50
minutes and are limited to short-
term treatment of 10-12 weeks.

20

Psychiatric or long-term therapy is
available off campus by referral
and includes a free evaluation.

Both individual and group
counseling sessions are provided
for personal issues such as family
problems, homesickness, conflicts
in relationships, grief, anxiety,
depression, self-esteem and sup-
port. Workshops are offered on a
regular basis for a variety of issues
including time management, study
skills, test anxiety and stress reduc-
tion. Students are encouraged to
take advantage of the opportunity
to explore their personal growth
through counseling services.

For more information concern-
ing the counseling process and
services, visit the counseling WEB
site which may be reached from
the Agnes Scott homepage.

College Chaplain

The chaplain coordinates
Agnes Scott's religious activities,
offering opportunities for worship,
reflection, service and commu-
nity-
building.

On-campus worship includes
Sunday evening vespers, services
in celebration of special campus
events, as well as services offered
by visiting clergy from a variety of
religious traditions. Serving as a
liaison between the broader reli-
gious community and the College,
the chaplain encourages students
to become involved in the worship
of a local congregation and pro-
vides information about the many
churches, synagogues and other
places of worship in the Decatur
and Atlanta areas.

Contexts for reflection on the

relationship between faith and
learning, as well as on personal and
societal issues, are provided
through speakers, group discus-
sions, support groups and personal
counseling. With the director of
student activities, the chaplain's
office offers opportunities for faith-
ful service to the larger community
by dealing with such issues as
homelessness and housing, literacy,
the environment, health, poverty
and battered women.

In these ways and as advisor to
the Religious Life Council, the
chaplain facilitates the building of
positive community life grounded
in the traditions of faith.

Career Planning

The Office of Career Planning
and Counseling helps students
make well-informed decisions
about career and life-style options.
Staff members encourage students
to appreciate career development
as a lifelong process that only be-
gins at Agnes Scott.

The office provides individual
counseling; self-assessment aids
(including SIGI Plus, the Strong
Campbell Interest Inventory and
the Myers-Briggs Type Inventory);
an extensive career library;
seminars about specific careers
and career- related issues; and job
search workshops on topics such as
resume writing and interviewing
techniques.

The Shadow, Extern and Intern
Programs provide students with
access to advisors and role models
in different career fields.

Through the Shadow Program,
students spend an afternoon or an
entire day talking with and observ-

Agnes Scott College

Outside the Classroom

ing local sponsors in careers of
interest to the students.

The Extern Program enables
students to perform some on-the-
job activities during an entire
work week spent with sponsors
and their colleagues.

The Intern Program provides
summer and semester placement,
which gives students on-the-job
experience in many fields such as
business, social service, journalism
and the arts. Internships may be
paid or unpaid and for credit or
non-credit. For more information
about credit internships, see page 42.

The office assists students in
locating permanent, summer and
part-time work. Through
JOBTRAK, an on-line college job
listing available via the Career
Planning WEB site, students and
alumnae may access current na-
tional career opportunities. The
career library contains books and
magazines related to career
choices, company information, as
well as part-time and full-time job
listings. Mock interviews are
conducted to help students de-
velop interview skills. A career
forum with representatives from a
variety of companies and institu-
tions is held annually with a con-

The Athletic Program

A gnes Scott College has a
/xtradition of recognizing that

commitment to provide quality

opportunities for physical activi-

physical activity is an essential

ties and athletics equivalent to

component of the total growth

that of its academic programs.

and education of women.

Agnes Scott offers a competi-

Through the Robert W. Woo-

tive intercollegiate sports program

druff Physical Activities Building

in five varsity sports: basketball.

with its basketball courts, 25-

cross country, soccer, tennis and

meter swimming pool, weight

volleyball. As a Division III mem-

room and training room, the

ber of the National Collegiate

Geilerstedt track and field, six

Athletic Association, intercolle-

tennis courts, as well as the

giate athletics at Agnes Scott

dance studio and racquetball

challenge students to reach their

courts in the Alston Campus

full potential.

Center, Agnes Scott has made a

sortium ot Georgia colleges.

During the spring semester,
employers visit the campus and
conduct interviews. Some employ-
ers also participate in our Resume
Recruitment Program by receiving
resumes of upcoming graduates.

Multicultural Affairs

The advisor for Multicultural
Affairs is responsible for assisting
multicultural students as they

strive to achieve their educational
goals. The promotion and en-
hancement of the campus
community's understanding and
appreciation of diverse cultures and
heritages is central to the mission
of the College. The movement
from tolerance to awareness and
understanding and ultimately cel-
ebration of differences is achieved
through training, leadership devel-
opment and programming.

1997-1999 Catalog

21

Return to College Program

A gnes Scott College is
/ \ committed to assisting
A. Jl. women beyond tradi-
tional college age to pursue their
educational objectives in a pro-
gram suited to their individual
needs. Students in the Return to
College Program enroll in regular
college courses and meet the
same degree requirements as the
other undergraduates.

Most women who enroll in
Agnes Scott through the Return to
College Program plan to earn the
bachelor of arts degree. Others
pursue programs of study for per-
sonal enrichment, to learn more in
a particular field or to prepare for
graduate study in fields such as
medicine, law or theology. Each
student's program of study is care-
fully planned and reviewed on an
individual basis.

Students in the Return to Col-
lege Program vary greatly in age,
background, marital circumstances,
socio-economic status and in the
degree to which they participate in
campus life. However, all enter
with a strong desire to succeed, in
spite of the demands of complex
personal lives; and they enrich the
College community with their
energy, enthusiasm and personal
views.

Admission

The College accepts applica-
tions for fall or spring semester.
Applicants should submit:
^ The Return to College applica-
tion, including a personal essay and

22

the $35 application fee;
^ Two letters of recommenda-
tion;

and
^ Official transcripts of previous
high school and college work,
sent directly from the institutions
attended. As soon as all of the
application materials are received,
the Office of Admission will con-
tact the applicant to arrange a
campus interview. The Scholastic
Assessment Test (SAT 1) is not
required for admission; however,
students who have taken this test
within the last five years are en-
couraged to submit their scores.

Since students in the program
typically have been out of school
for several years, the College
considers a woman's personal
history as well as her academic
record to determine her potential
for success. Factors such as em-
ployment outside the home, com-
munity service, self-study and
personal motivation are carefully
reviewed in the admission pro-
cess. Students who are on proba-
tion or have been dismissed will
not be admitted to Agnes Scott
College.

Applications should be filed
with the Office of Admission as
early as possible, but no later than
one month before the beginning
of a semester. Applicants seeking
financial aid must apply at least
two months in advance of the
semester in which they plan to
enroll.

New Return to College stu-

dents pay a $150 enrollment fee by
May 1. This fee is non-refundable
after May 1.

Financial Aid

Assistance is available for full-
er part-time study to women who
demonstrate financial need and
have no bachelor's degree. All
financial aid awards for Return to
College students consist of grant
and loan funds provided chiefly
through the Irene K. Woodruff
Scholarship Fund. For most forms
of financial aid, students must
enroll each semester for a mini-
mum of 6 semester-hours of credit.
For more details, see FINANCIAL

AID fp. f5;.

Health Record

The College requires a com-
pleted Entrance Health Record to
be on file at the Student Health
Service before a student attends
classes. Health record forms are
sent to students after admission.

Students with Previous
Academic Experience

Students in the Return to Col-
lege program with credits earned at
other institutions will be subject to
the same regulations as other trans-
fer students with the exception of
the minimum course load.

Evaluation of
Transfer Credit

Evaluation of transfer credit
may require that course descrip-
tions from catalogs from all col-
Agnes Scott College

Return to College

leges previously attended be sub-
mitted to the assistant dean of the
college upon enrollment. Please
contact the registrar of your previ-
ous college or colleges for assis-
tance in obtaining catalog course
descriptions.

Academic credit earned at other
institutions which meets College
standards is applied toward the
Agnes Scott degree upon classifica-
tion. See "Transfer Credit" (p. 36).
No more than 64 semester hours
(60 plus 4 for physical education)
of transfer credit will be counted
toward the 124 semester hours
required for the Agnes Scott de-
gree. A student must earn a mini-
mum ot 60 hours in Agnes Scott
academic courses toward the 1 24
hours required tor the Agnes Scott
degree.

Time Limits for
Completion of tlie
Degree

Time limits for completion of
the degree are:

Eight years after enrollment
if classified as a first-year
student.

Six years after enrollment if
classified as a sophomore.

Four years after enrollment if
classified as a junior or a
senior.

Students with
No Academic
Experience

Students who enroll with no
previous academic experience
will be classified as first-year
students and will have a limit of
eight years to complete the
degree.

Students Seeicing Audit
Status

Students seeking to audit a
course are required to complete the
Return to College application for
admission with a final college tran-
script indicating graduation date or
a final high school transcript indi-
cating graduation date. These tran-
scripts must be sent directly from

the institutions attended. An inter-
view is also required.

Non-degree Candidates

Students enrolled in the
Return to College Program but
who do not intend to obtain a
degree may earn a maximum of
24 semester hours of credit. Non-
degree candidates will not be
classified.

The dean of the college may
make exceptions to any of the
above.

Interviews and Visits

Women considering the Return
to College Program are encouraged
to visit the campus. Arrangements
to attend classes may be made
through the Office of Admission.
An interview is required of all
applicants for admission.

Admission representatives wel-
come the opportunity to meet with
prospective students to answer
questions about the program or to
discuss transcripts of previous col-
lege work.

1997-1999 Catalog

23

The Academic Program

Intellectual independence,
academic excellence and
informed choice are the basis of
the academic program at Agnes
Scott. Each student is responsible
tor her course of study within the
parameters of academic excellence
set by the College's Specific, Distri-
butional and Depth Standards.

Agnes Scott College is a com-
munity of individuals. Faculty
members are teacher-scholars de-
voted to the well-being of their
students. Residence hall assistants
and big sisters represent a student
body that cares for each of its
members. Students should not
hesitate to seek advice from any of
the members of the Agnes Scott
community.

Advising

Upon entering Agnes Scott
College, each student is assigned
an academic advisor by the assis-
tant dean of the college. This advi-
sor is a faculty member who will be
able to meet with the student on
an individual basis to assist her in
making informed choices about her
academic career and will remain
the student's advisor until she se-
lects a major, usually at the end of
the sophomore year.

Tlie faculty advisor must sign
the student's course card and any
forms to add or drop courses. This
action signifies that the student has
consulted her faculty advisor about
her decision; however, the student
is responsible for her own choices
and her own academic program.

Requirements
For tlie Degree

Agnes Scott College confers the
degree of Bachelor of Arts. To
qualify for the degree, each student
must complete successfully 124
semester hours of credit, including
no more than four semester hours
of physical education and no more
than ten semester hours of intern-
ship credit, with a cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 (C
average); satisfy the Specific,
Distributional and Depth Stan-
dards; and satisfy the Residence
Requirement. Students admitted
for the fall of 1997 or later must
have a cumulative grade point
average of 2.00 in the major in
order to receive the degree.

Specific and
Distributional Standards

The academic program at Agnes
Scott encourages informed choice
within the parameters of academic
excellence. The Specific Standards
ensure a student's competence in
specific skills. The Distributional
Standards introduce a student to
the ways of thinking and subject
matter of broad areas of human
inquiry. A student satisfies these
standards by completing courses
designated in the respective areas.

Because a liberal education
includes an appreciation of diverse
cultures, the faculty encourages
students to take courses that study
women, non- Western cultures and
racial and ethnic minorities in the

United States. (Approved by the
faculty 12'7'90.)

Specific Standards

Unless exempted, a student
must satisfy these standards:

1. Englisli composition and reading:
two semester courses taken
while a student is classified as a
first-year student

2. Foreign language: intermediate
level

3. Physical education: four semester
hours

Distributional Standards

Unless exempted, a student
must satisfy these standards:

1. Humanities and Fine Arts

a. Literature: one semester course
in the language of its compo-
sition

b. Religious and Philosophical
Thought: one semester
course

c. Historical Studies and Classi-
cal Civilization: one
semester course

d. Fine Arts: one semester
course

2. Natural Science and
Mathematics

a. Mathematics: one semester
course

b. Natural science: one semester
course that includes a labora-
tory section

3. Social Sciences
One semester course

24

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program

Restrictions

Several restrictions apply to
Specific and/or Distributional
Standards.

The term one semester course
means a course of at least 3
semester hours.

Credit received in satisfying
Specific Standards cannot apply
to Distributional Standards.

Credit received in satisfying
Distributional Standards cannot
apply to Specific Standards.

Courses taken to satisfy the
Specific and Distributional
Standards cannot be taken on a
pass/fail basis.

No more than one Specific or
Distributional Standard may be
satisfied by transfer credit after a
student has been admitted. See
"Transfer Credit" (p. 36).

No course may be used by a
student to satisfy more than one
Distributional Standard.

No more than one Distribu-
tional Standard can be satisfied
in one department (except for
courses in Creative Writing and
Philosophy 220); cross-listed
courses count in the distribu-
tional area of the department in
which the faculty member
teaching the course is ap-
pointed.

Physical education courses
beyond the four required repre-
sent credit beyond the 1 24 se-
mester hours required for the
degree.

Satisfying Specific and
Distributional Standards
by Courses

The following Agnes Scott
courses (or their equivalents) satisfy
the Specific Standards. Exceptions
are considered individually.

Two semester courses in English
composition and reading, taken
while a student is classified as a
first-year student. English 101
and 102 or 103 and 104.

The intermediate level of a
foreign language: French 202;
German 202; Greek or Latin,
two semesters at the 200 level;
Japanese 202; Spanish 202.

Four semester hours in physical
education. Any course in the
physical education program, one
of which must be in fitness. The
fitness courses are: 102, 103,
105, 106, 107, 109.

The following Agnes Scott
courses (or their equivalents) sat-
isfy the Distributional Standards.
Exceptions are considered
individually.

1. Humanities and fine arts
a. Literature: one semester
course in the language of its
composition.

Englisli: any course under the
"Literature" heading of the
Department of English
except 230, 309 and 323.
Frenctn: 235 or any more
advanced literature course.
German: 222 or any more
advanced literature course.
Greek: any 200- or 300-level
course except 360.
Latin; 202 or any course
above this level except 360.
Spanish: 223 or any more

advanced literature course.

b. Religious and Philosophical
Thought: one semester course.
Religious Studies: any course.
Philosophy: any course, ex-
cept 220.

c. Historical Studies and Classi-
cal Civilization: one semester
course.

History: any course.
Classical Languages and
Literatures: any course under
the "Classical Courses in
English" heading of the de-
partment.

d. Fine Arts: one semester
course.

Art: History and Theory any
course; Studio Art 161 or
162.

Creative Writing: English 201,
202, 203 (Theatre 203), 341,
342, 344 (Theatre 344).
Music: any course except
applied music.
Theatre: any course except
117.
2. Natural science and
mathematics

a. Mathematics: any course
except 115 and 150
Philosophy: 220.

b. Natural Science: one semester
course that includes a labora-
tory section.

Astronomy: 120 or any course
(with a laboratory' section)
for which the student quali-
fies.

Biology: 101, 108, 120 or any
course (with a laboratory
section) for which the stu-
dent qualifies.
Chemistry: 101 and lOlLor
any course (with a laboratory
section) for which the stu-

1997-1999 Catalog

25

The Academic Program

dent qualities.
Physics: 102, 110 or any
course (with a laboratory
section) for which the student
qualifies.
3. Social sciences

One semester course.

Anthropology: 101 or any course
for which the student quali-
fies.

Economics: 104, 105 or any
course for which the student
qualities except 210, 211,
212, 213 and 217.

Political Science: any course
except 301 or 302.

Psychology: 121 or any course
for which the student
qualifies.

Sociology: 101 or any course for
which the student qualities.

Courses taken under The University
Center Cross Registration Program
may be used to satisfy one Specific or
Distributional Standard. See "Transfer
Credit" (p. 36). The student must
have the approval of the Agnes Scott
department concerned and the assistant
dean of the college.

Satisfying tine Specific
and Distributional
Standards by Exemption

A student exempted from a
standard does not always receive
credit toward her degree. However,
the basis for the exemption may
also be the basis for credit. See
"Advanced Placement Credit"
under ADMISSION (p. 12).
Inquiries about exemption should
be made to the dean or assistant
dean of the college.

Depth Standards

The Depth Standards develop a
student's command of a particular
subject matter by her completion
of a major. Besides standing disci-
plinary and interdisciplinary ma-
jors, Agnes Scott offers student-
designed interdisciplinary majors.
A major is:

a. a minimum of 30 semester
hours within one discipline,
exclusive of required courses
outside the discipline and exclu-
sive of internships. In interdisci-
plinary programs, the minimum
hours are specified in the pro-
grams' descriptions. A course
may be counted toward the
minimum hours required for a
major in only one major;

b. a maximum of 48 semester
hours within one discipline,
exclusive of required courses
outside the discipline but inclu-
sive of internships. In interdisci-
plinary programs, the maximum
hours are specified in the pro-
grams' descriptions. Any hours
beyond the maximum must
represent work beyond the 124
semester hours required for the
degree.

Students admitted for the fall of
1997 or later must have a cumula-
tive grade point average of 2.0 in
the major in order to receive the
degree.

Credit received in satisfying
Specific and Distributional Stand-
ards may apply to Depth Standards.
A student should consult her major
advisor on this matter.

A student usually selects a major
during the second semester of her
sophomore year. Information on

majors is provided under the de-
partmental and program listings in
this catalog. First-year and sopho-
more students should review the
requirements of majors they are
considering in order to determine if
any courses must be taken during
the first and second years.

When considering a major,
students should talk with the chair
or director of the program. They
should also seek the advice of other
members of that discipline and of
their faculty advisors.

Minors

A student may elect a minor
field of study in addition to her
major. Minors are only available as
specifically described under certain
departments and programs in this
catalog. The following policies
apply to minors:

1 . Students may complete no more
than two majors or one major
and one minor.
2i Courses taken to complete a
major may not be used to com-
plete a minor and conversely.

3. Credit received in satisfying
specific and distributional stan-
dards may apply to a minor. A
student should consult the chair
of her minor program on this
matter.

4. The pass/fail option is not avail-
able for courses taken to satisfy
the minor.

5. Usually no more than one se-
mester course of summer school
work may apply to requirements
for the minor if approved by the
chair of the minor program.

6. Cross-registration courses at
member institutions of the Uni-

26

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program

versity Center may satisfy
requirements for the minor if
approved by the chair of the
minor program.
7. No credits from internships may
he used to satisfy the minimum
hours/ courses for the minor,
unless a credit internship is
specifically permitted within the
requirements for the minor.

The Residence
Requirement

The junior and senior years or
three of the four years including
the senior year, are to be completed
at Agnes Scott. All students must
earn a minimum of 60 semester
hours in Agnes Scott College aca-
demic courses toward the 124
hours required for the degree. Un-
der special circumstances, a student
who has completed three years at
Agnes Scott or two years including
a year at the upperdivision level,
may take her senior year at another
institution. A request for exception
to the residence requirement must
be filed with the assistant dean of
the college by the beginning of the
spring semester of the preceding
session. Permisson may then be
granted by the dean of the college
on the recommendation of the
chair of the major program and the
assistant dean ot the college.

Courses, Grades and
Examinations

Courses

The College operates on a vari-
able credit-hour, early-semester
calendar. The unit of credit is the
semester hour. Courses carry from
.5 to 5 semester-hours credit. Usu-

ally 1 credit hour is granted for
each contact hour. Laboratories are
usually 3 contact hours and carry
1 credit hour. Semester courses in
physical education carry 1 semester
hour credit.

All courses are semester courses,
i.e., courses which begin and end
within a semester, with final grades
at the end of the semester. Credit is
given upon successful completion
of each semester course.

Course Numbering

Courses are numbered according
to level of difficulty as follows:

100s - introduce a discipline

200s - intermediate, though

they may introduce students to
an area or aspect of a discipline

300s and 400s - advanced;

Students should consult their
instructors or faculty advisors to
determine the appropriate
course levels.

Course Loads

The usual course load is 15
semester hours. The minimum
course load is 12 semester hours
(exclusive of physical education);
the maximum is 18 semester hours
(exclusive of physical education).
Courses taken under cross-registra-
tion are included in a student's
course load.

Unclassified students and stu-
dents in the Return to College
Program are not subject to the
minimum course load limitation.

Requests for Hours in

Excess of 18

Students with a minimum over-

all grade point average of 3.00 may
take a maximum course load of 2 1
hours. Students participating in the
professional semester in the Early
Childhood Education program are
exempt from this regulation. Stu-
dents who do not have a cumula-
tive grade point average of 3.00 or
above and who wish to elect 19
academic hours may request per-
mission from the assistant dean of
the college.

Grades

Grades are officially recorded as
follows: A, excellent; B, good;
C, average; D, passing; E, condi-
tional failure with the privilege of
re-examination; F, failure; 1, incom-
plete; W, withdrew; MED, medical
withdrawal. Grades for courses
taken on a pass/fail basis are re-
corded as P or F (see exception
under Pass/Fail option).

Except for courses taken on a
pass/fail basis, grades are assigned
the following quality points: A = 4
quality points per semester hour,
B = 3,C = 2, D= 1,F = 0. Grades
of 1, P, E and W are excluded from
the calculation of grade point aver-
ages. Grades in physical education
courses are also excluded from the
calculation of grade point averages.
Only grades for courses taken at
Agnes Scott are factored into a
student's grade point average.

Grade reports are sent to stu-
dents at the end of each semester.

Thie Pass/Fail Option

This option is included in the
academic program to encourage
students to elect courses they

1997-1999 Catalog

27

The Academic Program

otherwise might have not selected.
Juniors and seniors may choose a
total of two courses on a pass/fail
basis. Fonns for this request are in
the registrar's office. They must be
completed by ten calendar days
after the mid-semester break. This
deadline will not be extended if the
student has not received a mid-
term grade by this date.

A student may not elect a
course on a regular credit basis if
she first elected it on a pass/fail
basis.

The pass/fail option is not avail-
able for courses taken to satisfy
Specific and Distributional Stan-
dards; courses taken to satisfy
Depth Standards (any courses in
the major), including required
courses outside the discipline;
courses taken tor a minor; certain
courses in the teacher education
program.

If a student receives a grade of A
in a pass/fail course, the grade will
be recorded on her transcript and
averaged into her grade point aver-
age. However, the credits will still
be counted toward her total
allowed for pass/fail hours.

All grades for internships are
recorded on a pass/fail basis. These
hours are in addition to the two
courses allowed for pass/fail. In-
ternships are an exception to the
policy prohibiting courses taken to
satisfy Depth Standards from being
pass/fail.

Registering for Courses

All students must register for
classes on the dates announced in
the College calendar. There is a
$10 fee for late registration. No

28

student is allowed to register after
the tenth calendar day of the se-
mester. If a student is not properly
registered for a course, she will not
receive credit for the course.

Adding Courses

No new course may be added
after the tenth calendar day of the
semester.

Withdrawing from Courses

The last day to withdraw from a
course without a grade of W is five
weeks after the first day of classes.
In this case, the course will not be
on the student's record. The last
day to withdraw from a class with
a W is ten calendar days after the
mid-semester break. No course may
be dropped after this date.

In cases of medical emergency, a
student may withdraw from a
course with the designation MED
(medical withdrawal), which will
appear on her record. Medical
withdrawals are authorized by the
assistant dean of the college or the
dean of students only when a medi-
cal emergency is described and
certified in writing by a licensed
physician or psychologist at the
time of the emergency. It is the
student's responsibility to ensure
that written documentation is
provided no later than one month
after the last day of final exams.

Students in Independent Study
(490) are covered by the with-
drawal procedures of the Indepen-
dent Study program.

Hours dropped after the tenth
calendar day of the semester will be

mcluded in the computation of the
student's duration of financial aid
eligibility. See FINANCIAL AID
for detailed information (p. 15).

Auditing Courses

Students may audit courses with
written permission from the assis-
tant dean of the college and the
approval of the instructor. Students
are subject to any restrictions or
requirements the instructor may
wish to impose. Audited courses do
not appear on a student's record.

The student's academic record
and course load are factors consid-
ered in granting permission to
audit. No student will be given
permission to audit after the tenth
calendar day of the semester. A
student may not take for credit a
course she has audited earlier.

Repeating Courses

With a Grade of D

Students may not repeat Agnes
Scott courses for which she has
received grades of A, B, C, D or P.
Under unusual circumstances and
the following conditions, a student
may repeat a course for which she
has received a D:

1 . She must obtain the written
approval of the chair of the
program involved and the ap-
proval of the assistant dean of
the college for permission to
repeat the course.

2. If a student withdraws from a
repeated course, the original
grade will stand in the grade
point average and on the tran-
script and she cannot exercise

Agnes Scott College

The Academic Program

this option again.

The final grade for a course
repeated with this special permis-
sion will be substituted in the cal-
culation of the grade point average,
even if it is an F, but both grades
will appear on the transcript.
Repeated courses may not be taken
pass/fail.

Repeating Courses with a
Grade of F

Students may repeat Agnes
Scott courses for which a grade of F
was received. Both the F and the
grade for the repeated course will
be used in the calculation of the
grade point average.

Class Attendance

The effectiveness of instruction
at Agnes Scott is directly related to
regular class attendance. Atten-
dance policies are set by instructors
and individual departments.

Attendance at all academic
appointments is required of stu-
dents on Academic Probation and
of first-year students during their
first semester. These students are
permitted one unexcused absence
in each class during the semester.

The responsibility for work
missed is entirely that of the indi-
vidual student.

Tests

Tests are announced at least a
week in advance. Attendance at
these tests is mandatory. No stu-
dent is required to take more than
two tests on one day provided she
notifies the instructor at the time

1997-1999 Catalog

the third test is announced. If a
student, because of unavoidable
circumstances, cannot take a test at
the appropriate time, permission to
take the test at another time may
be granted by the instructor of that
course.

Completion of Semester
Courses

All work for a semester course,
except final examinations and
papers in lieu of final examina-
tions, must be completed by 9 a.m.
of the second reading day of the
semester. Instructors may require
work other than final examinations
to be completed earlier.

In certain cases, the assistant
dean of the college or the dean of
students may authorize a grade of
Incomplete (I) in consultation
with the instructor. An I will be
given only if the student is receiv-
ing a passing grade for the course
work completed. Work must be
completed for the course no later
than March 15 (for fall semester
incompletes) or September 15 (for
spring semester incompletes). If
work is not completed by that
time, the I automatically becomes
an F

Final Examinations

Fmal examinations are given at
the end of each semester. Except
for a few final exams scheduled in
advance (because of the nature of
the course or the size of the class),
students schedule exams during the
College's final examination period.
If a student is unable to complete
final examinations during the

College's final examination period
due to illness or other excused
cause, she may take those final
examinations at a time specified by
the assistant dean of the college. A
notation of "I" (Incomplete) will
appear on the student's record until
a permanent grade has been re-
corded. Incompletes may be
granted only by the assistant dean
of the college or the dean of stu-
dents.

Re-examinations

Re-examinations given in cases
of conditional failure (grades of E)
must be taken during the first week
of the semester after failure. In this
case, the final grade can be no
higher than D.

Policy for Disputed Final

Grades

When a student has substantial
grounds to dispute a final grade and
is prepared to present evidence to
support a grievance, she must ini-
tiate the procedure by voicing her
complaint to the instructor. If the
matter is not resolved at this level,
the student may then take the
matter to the chair of the depart-
ment for mediation. If the matter is
still not resolved, she may then
refer the matter to the dean of the
college for further mediation. If the
dean is unable to resolve the dis-
pute, the student must then refer
the matter in writing to the com-
mittee on academic standards and
admission no later than thirty (30)
days after the beginning of the next
semester. The committee's decision
shall be final.

29

The Academic Program

Implementation:

1 . The voting student member of
the academic standards and
admission committee shall par-
ticipate fully in the final deci-
sion provided that the student
mvolved in the dispute waives
her right to confidentiality.
Should the student involved in
the dispute be the student mem-
ber of the committee, the vice-
president of the student govern-
ment association shall serve in
her place in this specific case.

2. Should a member of the com-
mittee be the faculty member
involved in the dispute, that
faculty member shall not be
involved in the committee's
deliberations and shall not vote.
The chair of the faculty execu-
tive committee shall serve in
his/her place.

Confidentiality of Student
Records

The Family Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974 (also called the
Buckley Amendment) protects the
privacy of educational records,
establishes students' rights to
inspect and review their records
and provides ways to correct
inaccurate and misleading data.
Agnes Scott College makes every
effort to comply fully with this
legislation.

Certain information is consid-
ered public and the College
releases this information at its
discretion. Unless a student files
written notification to withhold
disclosure, the College will release
announcements of graduation
honors and awards and will verify
dates of attendance and conferral
of degrees. Names, addresses and

other directory information will be
released for internal use and in the
College directory.

The College releases transcripts
of academic records and statements
of academic status to third parties
only with the student's written
authorization. Parents who have
filed a written request with the
registrar certifying that their
daughters are dependents (accord-
ing to section 152 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1952) also
receive this information.

A student or her parent has the
right to challenge any content of
the student's educational record
considered to be inaccurate, mis-
leading or in violation of the
student's privacy or other rights.
Such a challenge may be directed
to the registrar of the College and,
finally, to the United States
Department of Education.

30

Agnes Scott College

Academic Honors

Graduation
With Honor

A student is eligible to graduate
with Honor if she:

1 . Attains a cumulative grade
point average of at least 3.40 for
all work completed at Agnes
Scott.

2. Attains a cumulative grade
point average of at least 3.40 for
the semesters that include her
last 60 academic hours com-
pleted in residence at Agnes
Scott. Grade point averages are
based on all academic work of a
semester.

3. Has received neither a final
grade below a C nor a WF in an
academic course during the
period defined in ( 2 ) as her last
60 hours.

4. Receives the recommendation
of her major program. When the
student has more than one ma-
jor, she shall receive the recom-
mendation of either one of her
major programs, except that if
she has done independent study,
she must receive the recommen-
dation of the program in which
she has done independent study.
In the case of an interdiscipli-
nary major, this shall be inter-
preted to mean the recommen-
dation of all programs
concerned in the major. In the
case of a student-designed ma-
jor, the assistant dean of the
college will determine the pro-
grams concerned in the major
from which the student must
receive recommendations.

1997-1999 Catalog

Graduation
With High Honor

A student is eligible to graduate
with High Honor if she:

1. Attains a cumulative grade
point average of at least 3.70 for
all work completed at Agnes
Scott.

2. Attains a cumulative grade
point average of at least 3.70 for
the semesters that include her
last 60 academic hours com-
pleted in residence at Agnes
Scott. Grade point averages are
based on all academic work of a
semester.

3. Has received neither a final
grade below a C nor a WF in an
academic course during the
period defined in (2) as her last
60 hours.

4. Completes a minimum of

4 credit hours of independent
study.

5. Receives the recommendation
of her major program. When the
student has more than one ma-
jor, she must receive the recom-
mendation of the program in
which she has done indepen-
dent study. In the case of an
interdisciplinary major, this
shall be interpreted to mean the
recommendation of all programs
concerned in the major. In the
case of a student-designed ma-
jor, the assistant dean of the
college will determine the pro-
grams concerned in the major
from which the student must
receive recommendations.

Other Academic Honors

The Beta of Georgia Chapter of
Phi Beta Kappa was established at
Agnes Scott in 1926. The chapter
holds annual elections according to
criteria and procedures prescribed
by the United Chapters.

The College recognizes superior
academic work in several ways. At
the opening convocation held each
fall, the dean of the college an-
nounces the Stukes Scholars, three
students who rank first academi-
cally in the rising sophomore,
junior and senior classes. The
Stukes Scholars are named on the
basis of the work of the previous
session and overall academic
achievement.

Other honors include the Dana
Scholarship Program, begun in
1970 with a grant from the Charles
A. Dana Foundation. Academic
promise and leadership potential
are criteria for this honor.

The Alpha Delta chapter of Eta
Sigma Phi, a national honorary
fraternity of Greek and Latin
students, was organized at Agnes
Scott in 1928. The society encour-
ages classical scholarship and
appreciation of ancient learning,
both in the Agnes Scott student
body and in the local high school.
Membership is based on scholar-
ship.

The Agnes Scott chapter of Phi
Sigma Tau was organized in 1979.
The society links philosophy
departments in accredited institu-
tions and students interested in
philosophy. Membership is open to

31

Academic Honors

qualitied students who have taken
at least three courses in philosophy.

Psi Chi is the National Honor
Society in Psychology and was
founded for the purpose of "encour-
aging, stimulating and maintaining
excellence in scholarship and ad-
vancing the science of psychology."
A chapter was established at Agnes
Scott College in 1990. Member-
ship is open to students who have a
B average in Psychology and rank
in the the top 35% of their college
class.

The Kappa Kappa Chapter of Pi
Delta Phi, the National French
Honor Society, was established at
Agnes Scott College in 1990. The
purpose of the Honor Society is to
recognize outstanding scholarship
in the French language and litera-
ture. Membership is open to stu-
dents who have taken at least five
courses in French and have been
nominated for academic achieve-
ment.

Omicron Delta Epsilon is the

International Economics Honor
Society. The Mu Chapter of the
society was established in 1994 at
Agnes Scott College. Omicron
Delta Epsilon encourages excel-
lence in economics and devotion
on the part of its members as
economists to the advancement of
their science and to the scholarly
effort to make freedom from want
and deprivation a reality for all. All
students in their junior or senior
years who have taken at least 1 2
hours in economics with an aver-
age of B or better are eligible.

Sigma Chi, a Sigma Delta Pi
chapter of the National Spanish
Honor Society, recognizes scholar-
ship in Spanish language and
literature of Spain and Latin
America. Students must have com-
pleted three years of Spanish,
including at least three semester
hours of a course in Hispanic
literature at the 300-level. The
candidate also must have a mini-
mum grade point average of 3.0 on

a 4.0 point scale in all Spanish
courses taken.

Honor List and
Dean's Honor List

A student is eligible for the
Honor List at the end of a semester
if she has completed 12 semester
hours in academic courses that
semester with a semester grade
point average of at least 3.3 and no
grade below C in an academic
course, including courses taken
under cross-registration. Cross-
registration courses are not calcu-
lated in the grade point average.

A student is eligible for the
Dean's Honor List at the end of a
semester if she has completed
12 semester hours in academic
courses that semester with a
semester grade point average of at
least 3.7 and no grade below C in
an academic course, including
courses taken under cross-registra-
tion. Cross-registration courses are
not calculated in the grade point
average.

32

Agnes Scott College

Academic Policies

Classification

A classified student is one who
has been admitted as a candidate
for the Agnes Scott degree.

The hours required for class
standing do not include credit for
courses in physical education. Cri-
teria for classification are:

First-year students: students
who have earned fewer than 24
semester-hours of academic
credit.

Sophomores: students who
have earned at least 24 semes-
ter-hours of academic credit and
a cumulative grade point aver-
age of at least 1.50.

Juniors: students who have
earned at least 56 semester
hours of academic credit and a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 1.75.

Seniors: students who have
earned at least 88 semester
hours of academic credit and a
cumulative grade point average
of at least 1.91.

Classified students are advised
to complete 25 percent of the se-
mester hours required in academic
courses for the degree during each
academic year. The recommended
semester hours for class standing
are: sophomore, 30; junior, 60;
senior, 90. (These numbers do not
include credit for courses m physi-
cal education.)

The minimum semester hours
for class standing are: sophomore,
24; junior, 56; senior, 88. A student
with less than these minimums is
usually placed on academic proba-
tion. (These numbers do not in-

1997-1999 Catalog

elude credit for courses in physical
education.)

Unclassified students are not
candidates for the degree. An un-
classified student may not be work-
ing toward a degree (special stu-
dent), may be a transient student
earning a degree at another institu-
tion or a secondary school student
in a joint-enrollment program.

Unclassified students may earn a
maximum of 24 semester-hours
credit in academic courses at
Agnes Scott College. Requests for
exception should be directed to the
assistant dean of the college.

Academic Probation and
Academic Warning

Academic probation is imposed
by the dean of the college at any
time as a result of unsatisfactory
academic performance. This proba-
tion notifies a student that unless
her academic performance becomes
satisfactory, she may be dismissed.

A student on academic proba-
tion is permitted only one unex-
cused absence in each academic
course. Further absences may result
in academic dismissal during the
semester. Students on academic
probation are placed on activity
restriction and may not hold any
elective or appointive office and
may not participate with any per-
forming group or in any organized
college activities. Additional re-
strictions may also be imposed for
students on academic probation.

National Collegiate Athletic
Association regulations state that
students on academic probation

may not participate in intercolle-
giate sports.

A full-time, classified student
usually is placed on academic pro-
bation at the end of a semester it
she has grades of E or F in two
academic courses; or has achieved
fewer than 9 semester-hours credit
in academic courses; or has a
semester grade point average less
than the minimum for her classifi-
cation: first-year student, 1.50;
sophomore, 1.75; junior, 1.91;
senior, 2.00.

A full-time, classified student
usually is placed on academic pro-
bation at the end of a session if she
has a cumulative grade point aver-
age less than the minimum for her
classification or if she has not
achieved the minimum semester
hours for her classification in the
next session: sophomore, 24; jun-
ior, 56; senior, 88. (These numbers
do not include credit for courses in
physical education.)

A part-time, classified student
usually is placed on academic pro-
bation at the end of a semester if
she has grades of E or F in two
academic courses; passes fewer than
two-thirds of the academic work
for which she registered; has a
semester grade point average less
than the minimum for her classifi-
cation: first-year student, 1.50;
sophomore, 1.75; junior, 1.91;
senior, 2.00.

An unclassified student usually
is placed on academic probation at
the end of a semester if she has
received grades of E or F in two
academic courses. Unclassified

33

Academic Policies

students whose academic perfor-
mance is considered unsatisfactory
in other ways may also he placed
on academic probation.

The dean of the college may
waive the guidelines for academic
probation it a student has been
forced to reduce her academic
load because of extenuating
circumstances.

A student who usually would be
placed on academic probation may
instead be placed on academic
warning by the dean of the college.
This is done when the dean decides
that mitigating circumstances do
not justify academic probation.
Academic warning may carry some
restrictions. A student on academic
warning may be placed on aca-
demic probation at any time during
a semester. If her academic perfor-
mance is unsatisfactory, she will be
placed on academic probation for
the next semester.

Good Standing

A student is in good standing if
not on academic or disciplinary
probation.

Academic
Dismissal

Academic dismissal requires the
student to separate from the Col-
lege for academic reasons. The
judicial review committee of the
College imposes academic dismissal
for a specific period on recommen-
dation of the dean of the college.

Students given academic dis-
missal usually are eligible to apply
for readmission after one year.

Full-time, classified students are
subject to academic dismissal for
failure to earn 18 semester hours of

34

credit in academic courses in any
academic session or for failure to
achieve appropriate class standing
for two consecutive years or for
extremely poor academic perfor-
mance during the first semester on
academic probation or after being
on academic probation for two
consecutive semesters.

Students may be given academic
dismissal at any time if the judicial
review committee judges their
academic performance to be unsat-
isfactory. Part-time, classified stu-
dents are subject to academic dis-
missal after two consecutive semes-
ters of academic probation.

Unclassified students may con-
tinue their work at the College as
determined by the assistant dean of
the college.

The judicial review commitee
may waive the guidelines for aca-
demic dismissal if a student has
been forced to reduce her load
because of extenuating circum-
stances.

Disciplinary Probation,
Suspension and
Dismissal

For violation(s) of social regula-
tions or policies, honor court may
recommend to the judicial review
committee that a student be placed
on disciplinary probation or be
suspended or dismissed. Suspension
is made with a stipulated time of
return when the student is auto-
matically reinstated in good stand-
ing if she so desires. A student who
is dismissed must apply for readmis-
sion. The judicial review commit-
tee may specify a length of time
that a student must wait before she
may apply for readmission.

Emergency
Withdrawal

Agness Scott College strives to
promote the health and safety of all
members of the College commu-
nity by providing student health
and counseling and public safety
protection services and by enforc-
ing student conduct regulations. To
ensure that the institution and its
members are allowed to carry out
their activities without the sub-
stantial threat of interference or
danger of harm, the College has
adopted a policy and the following
procedures for the emergency with-
drawal of a student when deemed
necessary to promote the health
and safety of both the student and
the College community.

I. Criteria and Procedures for Imme-
diate Withdrawal.

A student will be subject to
immediate withdrawal from the
College, and /or College housing, if
it is determined by the dean of
students that the student:

a. engages, or threatens to
engage, in behavior which poses a
significant risk to the health or
safety of self or others, or

b. engages, or threatens to
engage, in behavior which would
cause significant property damage,
or directly and significantly impede
the lawful activities of others.

Once it is determined that the
student's conduct falls within these
criteria, the student will be notified
in writing and temporarily with-
drawn from the College and/or
campus immediately. The with-
drawal will be continued until the
Judicial Review Committee
reaches a final decision regarding

Agnes Scott College

Academic Policies

the student's future status. The
student shall also be provided with
a copy of this Emergency With-
drawal Policy. At any tiine, the
student may terminate the process
hy withdrawing from the College
voluntarily.

The dean of students will make
the initial determination whether
the matter will be sent directly to
the Judicial Review Committee
(Section 111) or whether the stu-
dent will be referred to a licensed
psychiatrist for evaluation (Section
11). The student will be notified of
this decision in writing, delivered
by either personal delivery or certi-
fied mail. If the matter is sent di-
rectly to the Judicial Review Com-
mittee, the Committee shall con-
vene and consider the case (Sec-
tion 111) within seven days of the
notice to the student. If the stu-
dent wishes to be evaluated by a
psychiatrist, the student may re-
quest within forty-eight hours of
receipt of the notice from the dean
of students that the matter be pur-
sued according to the following
procedures.

li. Referral for Evaluation.

The student may be referred by
the dean of students, at College
expense, to a licensed psychiatrist
tor evaluation. Participation of the
psychiatrist is intended to assist the
College in assessing the situation
and to provide guidance to the
Judicial Review Committee regard-
ing the student's future status. The
student may select the psychiatrist
from a list of three provided by the
College. If the student declines to
select one of the psychiatrists, the
College will make the selection.

1997-1999 Catalog

The dean of students shall also
provide the psychiatrist a written
description of the student's behav-
iors that led to the referral, with a
copy to the student, with a copy of
the Emergency Withdrawal Policy.
The psychiatric evaluation must be
completed within one week from
the date of the referral letter, unless
an extension is granted in writing
by the dean of students. Within
forty-eight hours after the comple-
tion of the evaluation, the dean of
students, the psychiatrist and the
student will meet to discuss their
assessment of the situation.

In addition to the above, the
student may choose to be evaluated
by an independent licensed psy-
chiatrist of the student's own
choosing and at the student's ex-
pense and thereafter request a
meeting with both psychiatrists,
the dean of students and the stu-
dent. This second evaluation must
take place within one week of the
first evaluation unless an extension
is granted in writing by the dean of
students. The meeting between the
psychiatrists, the dean and the
student must take place within one
week of the second evaluation.

III. Judicial Review Committee.

The final step in this process,
whether the matter is referred
directly or following evaluation,
will be the presentation of the case
to the Judicial Review Committee.
The student and the dean of stu-
dents will present all pertinent and
relevant information at the Judicial
Review Committee meeting. The
usual procedures of the Judicial
Review Committee will be fol-
lowed except that the dean of

students will not participate as a
member of the committee and will
not vote in the final decision. As
with other College procedures,
neither the College nor the student
shall have attorneys or legal repre-
sentation at this proceeding.

The student who has been re-
ferred for psychiatric evaluation
and participates in this Judicial
Review Committee proceeding
acknowledges and agrees that this
process may involve a discussion of
the student's relevant medical/
psychiatric records and communi-
cations, and will result in some loss
of confidentiality and privacy on
the student's part.

The decision of the Judicial
Review Committee will be final.
This decision may include rein-
statement in good standing, proba-
tion or the withdrawal, suspension
or dismissal of the student. The
written decision of the committee
will be delivered to the student and
the dean of students within forty-
eight hours of the conclusion of the
committee's formal proceedings,
and shall contain a statement of
the reasons for any decision of
withdrawal, suspension or dis-
missal. In addition, the student
may be encouraged to seek profes-
sional care.

IV. Readmission from Withdrawal.

A student may be considered for
readmission after the expiration of
a minimum of one full semester. In
order to be considered for readmis-
sion, the student must submit to
the Dean of Students a description
of the student's progress and activi-
ties during the interim period and,
in cases in which professional care

35

Academic Policies

has been recommended, a report
from the student's psychiatrist.

The student must arrange for an
interview in person with the dean
of students. If the student lives out
of the region, a phone interview is
acceptable. These steps must be
completed by November 15 for
consideration to be readmitted in
January and by June 15 for consid-
eration to be readmitted in August.

The dean of students will deter-
mine whether the student will be
eligible for readmission. When a
student is deemed eligible tor read-
mission, the Admission Office will
he informed that she/he may reap-
ply by the usual procedures, and
the student's application for read-
mission will be reviewed by the
dean of the college and the dean of
students.

Judicial Review
Committee
of the College

The judicial review committee
of the College is given the respon-
sibility of:

1 . Reviewing and acting on recom-
mendations of representative
council, which affect the powers
and philosophy of student gov-
ernment or which pertain to
major regulations concerning
student welfare;

2. Acting upon the recommenda-
tion of the dean of the college
that a student who has not met
the academic standards of the
College be dismissed;

3. Acting upon the recommenda-
tion of honor court that a stu-
dent be placed on disciplinary
probation or be suspended or
dismissed;

36

4. Requiring the withdrawal of any
student whose presence is
thought to be injurious to the
interests of the College commu-
nity; or imposing the penalty of
administrative probation in
situations involving a student's
failure to meet the standards or
expectations of the College
community;

5. Assuming original jurisdiction
in a student-initiated disciplin-
ary action in which the commit-
tee feels that justice has not
been served.

Members of the

Judicial Review Committee

President of the College (Chair)
Dean of the College
Dean of Students
Registrar

Four members of the faculty
President of the SGA
President of the Honor Court
President of the Interdormitory
Council

Transfer Credit

Prior to enrollment, transfer
credit is given for grades of C or
better in courses taken at accred-
ited colleges and universities if
approved by the assistant dean of
the college. No credit is given for
courses with pass/fail or satisfac-
tory/unsatisfactory grades.

After enrollment at Agnes
Scott, any course taken at an ac-
credited college or university
which has been approved by the
dean or the assistant dean of the
college will be accepted for transfer
credit if the student receives a
grade of D or better.

Once a student has been admit-
ted to Agnes Scott College, she
may satisfy only one Specific or
Distributional Standard at another
institution. This applies to students
on leave of absence, students
who have withdrawn and been
readmitted, cross-registration stu-
dents and students attending sum-
mer school.

A student may also transfer,
after admission, a maximum of 20
semester hours of credit to Agnes
Scott from another institution,
including work taken in summer
school, while on leave of absence
or after the student has withdrawn
and before readmission to the Col-
lege. Only 10 of these 20 hours
may be taken while on leave or
leaves of absence. These hourly
restrictions do not apply to stu-
dents on approved study abroad,
Washington Semester, cross-regis-
tration or exchange programs.
Grades for credit earned at another
institution are not factored into a
student's grade point average.

A student must earn a minimum
of 60 hours in Agnes Scott College
academic courses toward the 1 24
hours required for the Agnes Scott
degree. Academic courses do not
include courses in physical educa-
tion. Grades for transfer credit are
not factored into a student's grade
point average.

Exceptions to these policies may
be made by the dean of the college.

Evaluation of
TVansfer Credit

Evaluation of transfer credit
may require a course description
from catalogs from all colleges
previously attended to be submit-

Agnes Scott College

Academic Policies

ted to the assistant dean of the
college. Please contact the registrar
of your previous college or colleges
for assistance in obtaining catalog
course descriptions.

Summer School

Credit for approved summer
courses at accredited colleges and
universities may be applicable to
the requirements for the Agnes
Scott degree. After a student has
been admitted to Agnes Scott, no
credit is given for a summer school
course if the grade is less than D.
Credit for summer school courses is
not factored into a student's grade
point average.

Students planning to take sum-
mer school courses should consult
the assistant dean of the college
before enrolling in summer school.
All courses require approval by the
assistant dean of the college, in
consultation with the appropriate
academic program. Only one Spe-
cific or Distributional Standard
may be satisfied by work in summer
school. Courses to satisfy Depth
Standards must also be approved by
the chair of the student's major
program. Usually no more than two
semester courses of summer school
work may apply to the require-
ments for a major. Usually no more
than one semester course of sum-
mer school work may apply to
requirements for the minor if ap-
proved by the chair of the minor
program.

A maximum of 12 semester
hours will be approved per summer
and no more than 20 semester
hours of summer school work will
be credited toward the 124

semester hours required for the
Agnes Scott degree. See "Transfer
Credit" (p. 36). The dean of the
college may make exceptions.
Hours in Agnes Scott summer
programs are not included in these
limits.

Leave of Absence

The purpose of a leave of
absence is to allow a student a
break in her studies without having
to withdraw from the College and
apply for readmission.

A leave of absence form should
be submitted to the assistant dean
of the college for approval by the
end of the course selection period
prior to the semester or semesters
requested. Except under the most
unusual circumstances, no requests
for a leave of absence during that
semester will be considered after
classes have begun. A leave of
absence may be for one or two
semesters, with a maximum of two
semesters during her college career.
A student may request that the
assistant dean of the college extend
her leave of absence from one
semester to two semesters.

A student granted a leave of
absence need not apply for read-
mission. Within a reasonable time,
she should notify the assistant dean
of the college of her intent to re-
turn as a student. A student who
does not return within the time
specified for her leave will be con-
sidered to have withdrawn. She
must apply for readmission before
she can return.

A leave of absence may not be
used to attend classes full-time at
another institution. If, for good
reason, a student on leave wishes

to take some course-work at
another college or university, she
should first consult with the assis-
tant dean of the college, who will
serve as her academic advisor for
the duration of the leave. Except
under very special circumstances,
strict limitations apply as to the
amount of academic credit that
may be earned during a leave of
absence: six hours during a one-
semester leave and ten hours dur-
ing a one-year leave. If academic
credit is attempted, a student must
submit an official transcript to the
College prior to her return. If a
student is not in good standing at
another institution, it will be nec-
essary for her to apply for readmis-
sion before she can return to Agnes
Scott.

Exceptions to the above policies
may be made by the dean of the
college.

A student whose leave of
absence is approved must pay a
non-refundable $150 continuation
fee for the leave period. When she
returns to Agnes Scott College, the
fee will be applied toward her
expenses.

Withdrawing
From the College

A student who wishes to with-
draw from the College must obtain
a withdrawal form from the assis-
tant dean of the college or the
dean or associate dean of students.

Withdrawal is not official until
a withdrawal form has been signed
by one of the deans. Withdrawal
forms will not be signed while
academic or disciplinary actions
involving the student are in pro-
cess. A student may not withdraw

1997-1999 Catalog

37

Academic Policies

after the last day of classes.

Grades tor students whose with-
drawal forms are signed will be
determined on the basis described
in sections "Grades" (p. 27) and
"Completion of Semester Courses"
(p. 29) in this catalog.

For the financial aspects of
withdrawal from the College, see
TUITION AND FEES (p. 48).

Readmission

Students who have withdrawn
or been dismissed from Agnes
Scott and wish to return must
submit an application form with
the $35 nonrefundable application
fee. The application is available
from the Admission Office. Stu-
dents must also send transcripts of
college work taken since leaving
Agnes Scott and the recommenda-

tion of an instructor under whom
she did this recent work.

Students who have not pursued
additional study may complete a
short application form, also avail-
able from the Admission Office,
which is reviewed by the dean of
the college and the dean of
students. In such cases, the College
reserves the right to require an
official application for admission.

38

Agnes Scott College

International Opportunities

In a world which is increasingly
global, the opportunity for
students to gain international
perspectives and experience inter-
cultural situations should be a
fundamental component of any
liberal arts education. Such oppor-
tunities are integral to the Agnes
Scott College experience. Through
a variety of programs, Agnes Scott
College students are provided
opportunities to study in interna-
tional settings, perfect language
skills and gain an understanding of
how developments in other cul-
tures and countries are relevant to
their interests and career choices.

Global Awareness
Program

The Global Awareness Program,
a yearlong academic study/travel
experience, provides a means for
students to develop a better under-
standing of their own cultural
values as well as an appreciation
for the physical and cultural diver-
sity of our world. This interna-
tional program offers virtually all
students, regardless of academic
major, the opportunity to experi-
ence a culture different from the
one in which they were raised. The
goals of the program are to help
students to open horizons, to ex-
plore differences, to compare and
evaluate different ways of doing
things and to challenge assump-
tions and beliefs about the world in
which they live.

With a focus on non-European
cultures (host countries vary year

1997-1999 Catalog

to year), students have an aca-
demic study/travel experience in
places such as Mexico, Japan and
Africa under the guidance and
supervision of Agnes Scott College
faculty. During the fall semester,
students study the history, culture,
geography, economics and politics
of a country, begin a research
project and develop "survival lan-
guage" skills. The spring course
begins with a 2-3 week January
intersession academic/travel expe-
rience in the country where stu-
dents do field research on their
research topic, keep journals and
experience homestays. Upon return
to campus, the course continues in
a six-week "debriefing" seminar in
which students make cultural com-
parisons, reflect on the study/travel
experience, complete research
projects and share the experience
with the campus and local commu-
nity.

Global Awareness is open to
students of any major who are in
good standing and have been at
Agnes Scott at least one semester.
This program is particularly recom-
mended for sophomores as one of
their electives. Entering students
may be admitted with special per-
mission if space permits. Students
must apply and he accepted to the
program in order to register for GA
200. Year Five and graduate stu-
dents may participate on a space
available basis, but they must pay
the entire cost of the trip whereas
the College heavily subsidizes the
cost for undergraduates. (Students

who wish to enroll more than one
time must pay full fees.) Fees vary
depending on destination. Recent
prices to undergraduate students
have ranged from $1100 to $1500
per person.

See "Global Awareness" course
descriptions (p. 75).

A distinctive aspect of exchange
is possible in those years when the
Global Awareness program features
Japan. As part of the Agnes Scott
College exchange program with
Kinjo Gakuin University in
Nagoya, Japan, the Global Aware-
ness students are hosted by families
from our sister institution in
Nagoya. In return, a select number
of Kinjo Gakuin students study for
one semester at Agnes Scott. There
is also a Faculty Exchange Program
between the colleges.

Global Connections

Global Connections is a new
program through which Agnes
Scott students can enrich their
traditional learning experiences by
connecting what is learned in the
classroom to a global experience.
Academic programs may "add-on"
a Global Connections component
to an appropriate regular academic
course ("base course") for critical
reflection and concentrated study
in particular cultural contexts. This
two-hour component is optional
(one does not have to enroll in it
to take the base course) and in-
volves two to three weeks of travel/
intercultural experience during the
January intersession or in late May.

39

International Opportunities

A Global Connections component
may include a research component,
journals, creative projects and
group sessions. Three or four pre-
departure sessions are held during
the semester to familiarize students
with travel procedures and regula-
tions. Grades of "Incomplete" will
he assigned until requirements for
the component have been com-
pleted. (Due to the need to assign
"I" grades, seniors are not able to
enroll for credit in Global Connec-
tions during the semester in which
they plan to graduate. Graduating
seniors may enroll on a non-credit
basis if they wish.)

To be eligible to enroll in a GC
component, a student must apply
and be accepted to the program, be
in good standing and be concur-
rently enrolled in the base course
or have satisfactorily completed the
base course during the past two
academic years. Students pay full
cost of travel expenses. The fee
varies depending on destination.
Recent Global Connections
courses have included travel to
India, Greece and England.

Study Abroad

There are two ways in which
Agnes Scott students can partici-
pate in extended study abroad
experiences.

French and German Exchange
Programs

Agnes Scott College has special
exchange agreements with the
Universite Catholique de L'Ouest
in Angers, France and with the
Johannes Gutenberg Universitat
Mainz in Germersheim, Germany.
Students can spend a semester or a
year at either university while
remainmg enrolled as an Agnes
Scott student. Participants pay
tuition and fees to Agnes Scott but
are responsible for their travel and
room and board. Grades of "D" or
better earned through the ex-
change are recorded on the perma-
nent record but are not computed
into the Agnes Scott grade point
average. Information on language
prerequisites for these programs can
be obtained from the faculty in the

German Studies and French pro-
grams.

A student interested in one of
these exchange programs should
obtain a copy of "Guidelines for
Study Abroad" at least nine
months prior to her participation.

Study Abroad Through
Other Institutions

Students may choose to partici-
pate in a program sponsored by
another college or university in the
United States or by enrolling
directly in a foreign institution.

Grades of "D" or better earned
in courses are recorded on the
permanent record but are not com-
puted into the Agnes Scott grade
point average. All fees are paid to
the host institution.

A student interested in partici-
pating in a program though an-
other institution should obtain a
copy of "Guidelines for Study
Abroad" at least nine months be-
fore her participation.

40

Agnes Scott College

Special Curricular Opportunities

On Campus
Opportunities

The Atlanta Semester:
Program in

Women, Leadership and
Social Change

Agnes Scott has created a dis-
tinctive academic program that
combines experiential learning in
the form of internships with an
exciting array of courses designed
to bring the academy and the com-
munity together to study and pro-
mote social change. What distin-
guishes the Atlanta Semester from
other programs is the emphasis on
women and leadership in both the
academic and public settings. Stu-
dents in the program are chal-
lenged to examine the contribu-
tions to social change made by
women leaders, and they experi-
ence firsthand the pressures and
rewards of leadership in internships
with Atlanta based organizations.

The Atlanta Semester is open to
Agnes Scott students but also offers
women from colleges and universi-
ties across the country the opportu-
nity to benefit from the women's
college experience while living,
working and learning in the pro-
gressive city known as the capital
of the New South. In addition,
students may earn a full semester's
academic credit and make valuable
contacts for their professional lives.

The program takes as its theme
"Making All the Difference: Re-
thinking Citizenship and the City

1997-1999 Catalog

of the Future." An interdisciplinary
seminar taught by Agnes Scott's
faculty and a speakers' forum con-
stitute the common academic core
of the program; in addition, each
student selects an internship suited
to her needs and interests and
carries out an independent research
project that bridges the experien-
tial and academic components of
the program. Each student is as-
signed an advisor and has many
opportunities to discuss her indi-
vidual program and goals with the
program's faculty. The Atlanta
Semester academic program con-
sists of 13 semester credit hours,
which may be applied to a variety
of majors or concentrations at
students' home institutions. Some
students may wish to take an addi-
tional course outside the program
chosen from among Agnes Scott's
offerings.

Agnes Scott students enrolled
in the Atlanta Semester Program
may count the credit hours as ful-
fillment of electives or, with the
approval of their major or minor
department, apply to receive credit
for their major or minor.

Acceleration

A student may complete the
requirements for the degree in
fewer than eight semesters. She
may accelerate her progress by:
I entering with credit from

Advanced Placement examina-
tions of the College Entrance
Examination Board, Higher
Level examinations of the Inter-
national Baccalaureate or joint-

enrollment programs;
B carrying an increased course

load; or by
attending summer sessions at

other institutions.

A student planning to acceler-
ate should consult her advisor and
must complete the accelerated
program application form. The
form must be approved by the
assistant dean of the college.

Cross-Registration

Cross-registration at member
institutions of The University
Center in Georgia allows students
to take courses not available at
Agnes Scott. Students from
member institutions may also take
courses at Agnes Scott. Students
may cross-register for a maximum
of two courses per term and a total
of 18 semester hours.

Grades for courses taken
through cross-registration are not
factored into a student's grade
point average, but grades of A, B,
C or D are accepted for credit
hours. Only one Specific or Distri-
butional Standard may be fulfilled
by courses taken under cross-regis-
tration. See "Transfer Credit"
(p. 36). Courses taken to satisfy
Depth Standards must be approved
by the student's advisor. Cross-
registration courses may satisfy
requirements for a minor if ap-
proved by the chair of the minor
program. All courses must be ap-
proved by the assistant dean ot the
college.

Students enrolled in cross-regis-
tration courses are subject to the

41

Special Curricular Opportunities

regulations of the institution where
the course is taken, including dead-
lines for application, registration
and withdrawing from a course.
Students should apply for approval
to the assistant dean of the college
before the end of course selection
for the semester in which they plan
to enroll in cross-registration.

The members institutions ot the
University Center in Georgia are:

Agnes Scott College

Atlanta College of Art

Clark Atlanta University

Clayton State College

Columbia Theological Seminary

Emory University

Georgia Institute of Technology

Georgia State University

Institute of Paper Science and
Technology

Interdenominational
Theological Center

Kennesaw State University

Mercer University Atlanta

Morehouse College

Morehouse School of Medicine

Morris Brown College

Oglethorpe University

Southern Polytechnic State
University

Spelman College

University of Georgia

Scott Free

Year Five Program

Scott Free Year Five is a unique
program offered by Agnes Scott
College, designed to assist students
in making the transition from col-
lege to the world of work. Agnes
Scott graduates are eligible to at-
tend Agnes Scott tuition-free the
two consecutive semesters (exclud-
ing summer) following the comple-
tion of degree requirements. Stu-

42

dents take classes on a "space avail-
able" basis and may take from one
course up to a full course load.
Credit for all courses taken is re-
corded on the student's Agnes
Scott College transcript. The Year
Five student can request to live on
campus. The assistant dean of the
college is the academic advisor for
all Year Five students.

Any student interested in infor-
mation concerning Year Five or in
submitting an application for the
Year Five Program should contact
the assistant dean of the college.

The student activity fee, college
events fee and health insurance fee
(unless waived) must be paid at the
time the student registers for the

Independent
Study (490)

Independent study gives supe-
rior students the opportunity to
explore some field of intellectual or
artistic interest and to produce a
related piece of work.

Every student with junior stand-
ing and a cumulative grade point
average of B (3.0) or better is eligible
to apply for an independent study.
Her application must be approved
by the appropriate department or
program. The project may begin as
early as the spring semester of the
student's junior year.

Interested students should
otbtain the written guidelines
(available in the registrar's office)
and then apply in writing to the
appropriate program chair. The
completed application for an inde-
pendent study must be submitted
for approval to the assistant dean of
the college.

Students wishing to begin
independent study during the fall
semester of their senior year must
apply two weeks before Course
Selection Week in the spring
semester of their junior year.

Those wishing to begin their
study in the spring semester of their
junior year, or who wish to under-
take a one-semester study in the
spring semester of their senior year,
must apply no later than two weeks
before the fall semester deadline for
course changes.

Internships (450)

The College recognizes that
learning through internships can
be a valuable adjunct to classroom
learning and endeavors to make
possible worthwhile experiences for
students whose academic programs
would benefit from such opportuni-
ties.

Internships worthy of academic
credit are those that bear a close
relationship to the student's princi-
pal academic interests. Internships
for which academic credit is inap-
propriate are those that have little
relationship to the College curricu-
lum. These may provide secondary
benefits, such as personal develop-
ment, professional experience,
service to the community or acqui-
sition of purely practical informa-
tion. The College facilitates par-
ticipation in these internships
through the Office of Career Plan-
ning and Counseling.

A student interested in an in-
ternship for credit should obtain
written guidelines and an applica-
tion from the registrar's office. She
should then consult her advisor.
The completed application should

Agnes Scott College

Special Curricular Opportunities

be submitted for review to the
assistant dean of the college. The
deadUne for application is registra-
tion day of the semester during
which the internship is to be taken.

Tuition for credit internships
during the academic session is in-
cluded in the regular fees. A student
may complete the practical compo-
nent of an internship (450) while
the College is not in session and
complete the academic component
of the internship during the next
semester, receiving credit for the
internship during the semester
following the practical experience.
The internship must be approved
before work is begun. If credit is
earned when the College is not in
session, the charge for Agnes Scott
credit earned under the supervision
of an Agnes Scott faculty member is
$325 per semester hour.

Language Across the
Curriculum

The Language Across the Cur-
riculum Program (LAC) is designed
to enrich the study of the various
disciplines by allowing students
and faculty the opportunity to
study materials in an original lan-
guage, establish linkages between
foreign languages and the various
disciplines and allow both students
and non-language faculty to con-
tinue their language skills beyond
the foreign language classroom.

Appropriate academic courses
are coupled with a one-hour LAC
component where materials related
to the course are read and discussed
in the original language. Pairs of
faculty, one a discipline faculty and
one a language faculty, co-teach
the component. More information

1997-1999 Catalog

about LAC courses may be found
in the following departments or
programs: Art, Classical Languages
and Literatures, History, Modern
Foreign Languages and Literatures,
Political Science, Sociology and
Anthropology, Religious Studies
and Women's Studies.

Students wishing to enroll in
the LAC component of any offered
courses must have completed four
semesters of a foreign language.

Research Scholars
Program

The Research Scholars Program
provides a collaborative research
experience between students and
faculty. Students are directly in-
volved in research and their work
is geared to produce publishable
results. In this program students
receive invaluable experience and
faculty receive research assistance
in the faculty members' own re-
search areas. Students are expected
to make a presentation of their
research to other students and
faculty. Guidelines for the program
are available from the assistant
dean ot the college.

SHARP!Women

SHARPlWomen (Science Hon-
ors Associates Research Program
for Women) is a summer research
program involving Agnes Scott
faculty and undergraduates. For
part of the program, high school
students and faculty join Agnes
Scott faculty and students in doing
research projects. Information for
SHARPlWomen is available from
faculty in the science programs and
from the assistant dean of the
college.

Special Study (410)

Special study courses (numbered
410) are offered by all academic
programs and are open to senior
majors (and qualified juniors) to
pursue work in areas outside a
program's listed courses. Non-
majors who demonstrate sufficient
preparation in the discipline may
also take 410 courses.

Applications to take special
study are available in the registrar's
office and must be returned to the
assistant dean of the college for
approval. A 410 course carries from
2 to 4 semester-hours credit. Ordi-
narily, a student will take no more
than two semester courses of spe-
cial study.

The application should include
the name of the instructor who will
ofter the 410, the course title and a
description of the topic to be stud-
ied, a statement of the student's
preparation for such study and the
basis for the grade.

The instructor must endorse the
application and so must the chair
or director of the program offering
the 410.

If a student requests a 410 in her
junior year, the application should
also state the appropriateness of
the 410 to the student's major
program.

If a student wishes to take a 410
outside her major program, her
application must describe her
preparation in the program offering
the 4 1 0, as well as the information
described above.

Student-Designed
Majors

Students may design their own
interdisciplinary majors by combin-

43

Special Curricular Opportunities

ing disciplines. They should con-
sult the assistant dean of the col-
lege, who will assign an advisor and
oversee the development of the
proposal. The assistant dean of the
college has information available
on recent interdisciplinary majors,
such as Art- Psychology, Art His-
tor^'-Religious Studies, Art History-
English Literature, Art History-
History, Biology-Psychology, His-
tory-English Literature and Latin
American Studies. Students may
use the examples in preparing their
own proposals but are not limited
to those interdisciplinary majors.
Students may also reshape the
examples to suit their own needs
and interests.

Proposals for student-designed
majors usually are submitted to the
assistant dean of the college during
the spring semester of a student's
sophomore year. Proposals are
approved by the dean of the
college.

Teaching Certification

Agnes Scott has state-approved
programs for Early Childhood (P-
5), Secondary (7-12; biology,
chemistry, economics, English,
history, mathematics, political
science). Foreign Languages (P-
12; French, Greek, German, Latin,
Spanish) and Music (P-12). A
student who completes any of
these programs satisfactorily is
eligible for initial Georgia certifi-
cation, as well as certification in
states with which Georgia has
reciprocal agreements.

Agnes Scott students interested
in teaching complete the teacher
education program in addition to
fulfilling the requirements for their

44

majors. The professional program
includes classroom study of theo-
retical and practical approaches to
teaching, as well as field experi-
ences in a variety of school
settings.

Students interested in teaching
should consult the Director of
Teacher Education Programs dur-
ing their first year, or as early as
possible in their college careers.

Off'Campus
Opportunities

Dual-Degree
Programs with Georgia
Institute of Technology

A student may combine three
years of liberal arts studies at Agnes
Scott with two years of specialized
work at Georgia Institute of Tech-
nology. For information about
specific programs, students may
consult the faculty coordinator.
Prof. Lilia Harvey.

Upon completion of this five-
year liberal arts/professional pro-
gram, the student will receive the
bachelor of arts degree from Agnes
Scott and a bachelor's degree from
Georgia Institute of Technology.
With advanced planning, out-
standing students are able to com-
plete a master's degree at Georgia
Institute of Technology with a
minimum of additional time.

Students interested in the 3 + 2
programs should consult the assis-
tant dean of the college as early as
possible, preferably during their
first year. The student must select a
major and plan a program which

satisfies all Specific and Distribu-
tional Standards for the Agnes
Scott degree by the end of the
junior year; and, if the student
should elect to remain at Agnes
Scott for the senior year, all
requirements for an Agnes Scott
major.

Admission to the program at
Georgia Institute of Technology
is based on completion of the
above requirements and on the
recommendation of the faculty
coordinator.

Dual-Degree Program
in Art and
Architecture with
Washington University

A student may combine three
years of liberal arts studies at Agnes
Scott with four years of specialized
work in architecture at Washing-
ton University (St. Louis) for a
combined undergraduate/graduate
program.

Upon completion of the three
years at Agnes Scott and the first
year of architecture, the student
receives the bachelor of arts
degree from Agnes Scott. She
then continues in the graduate
program in architecture at Wash-
ington University for three years
to receive a master's degree in
architecture.

By taking advantage of this
cooperative program, the student
can complete both degrees in seven
years.

Students interested in this pro-
gram should consult the faculty
coordinator as early as possible,
preferably in the first year.

Admission to the program at
Washington University is based on

Agnes Scott College

Special Curricular Opportunities

completion of certain requirements
and on the recommendation of the
faculty coordinator for the pro-
gram, Prof. Terry McGehee.

Exchange Program
With Mills College

Agnes Scott College and Mills
College, in the San Francisco Bay
area (Oakland, California), have
an exchange agreement enabling
students enrolled at each college to
spend a semester or year at the
other college.

Participants remain enrolled in
their home college and pay all fees
to their home college. A student
who participates in the exchange
may not transfer to the other col-
lege upon completion of the
exchange. Permission to participate
in this program is given by the
dean of the college.

Students interested in attending
Mills College for a semester or a
year should consult the assistant
dean of the college and the director
of financial aid.

Public Leadership
Education Network

Agnes Scott College is a mem-
ber of PLEN, a consortium of
women's colleges designed to pre-
pare women for public leadership
roles. Students have opportunities
to study the process of public policy
with women leaders in Washing-
ton, D.C. and abroad. Programs
range from two-day mentor sessions
to seminars of several days' length
to the PLEN Public Policy Semes-
ter.

Students interested in partici-
pating in the PLEN program may
contact the dean of students or the

faculty advisor. Prof. Brenda Hoke.
Students interested in receiving
academic credit for participation in
the PLEN program must contact
the assistant dean of the college.

ROTC

Agnes Scott students may par-
ticipate in the Air Force or Navy
Reserve Officers Training Corps at
Georgia Institute of Technology. A
student who completes one of
these programs qualifies as a com-
missioned officer and will be or-
dered to active duty in the United
States Air Force, the United States
Navy or the United States Marine
Corps. Courses in ROTC programs
are taken under the cross-registra-
tion program of The University
Center in Georgia. Interested stu-
dents should consult the assistant
dean of the college.

The Renaissance
Scholars Program
Of The University
Center in Georgia

The Renaissance Scholars Pro-
gram is for superior undergraduate
students who have a traditional
major and wish to incorporate a
substantial amount of work in a
disparate discipline. They spend at
least one semester in residence at
another University Center campus
or other locations approved by the
program's advisory council under
the guidance of a Host Campus
Tutor. Students are admitted in
the sophomore year to the program
by the recommendation of the
College and approval by the Re-
naissance Scholars Program Steer-
ing Committee and the Advisory
Board.

Students interested in this pro-
gram should contact the assistant
dean of the college during their
first year.

Washington Semester

Agnes Scott is a member of the
Washington Semester Program.

Students spend either the fall or
spring semester at American Uni-
versity in Washington, D.C. There
are nine offerings in the program,
including American government,
foreign policy, economic policy,
justice, international business and
trade and journalism. Each of these
programs consists of a seminar, an
internship and a research project.
Students may attend during either
their junior or senior year.

Deadlines for fall and spring
semester attendance are early April
and early November. Requests
must be approved by the dean of
the college.

A student who participates in
the Washington Semester program
at American University pays
American University tuition to
Agnes Scott College during her
semester in the program. (Con-
versely, when in residence at
Agnes Scott College, a student
pays the Agnes Scott College
tuition and fees.) She is respon-
sible for her own room and board
while in Washington. Limited
scholarship money is available
from American University;
students are urged to apply early
for consideration. Interested
students may obtain information
and applications from the faculty
advisor. Prof. Catherine Scott, or
the assistant dean of the college.

1997-1999 Catalog

45

Post-Baccalaureate Programs and
Preparation for Graduate Study

Post-baccalaureate and grad-
uate programs are coeduca-
tional and qualified women
and men are invited to apply.
For requirements and applications
for specific programs, contact
Rutti Bettandorff, Associate Dean
of the College/Director of Gradu-
ate Studies, Tfie Office of Gradu-
ate Studies, Agnes Scott College,
141 E. College Avenue, Decatur,
GA 30030-3797.

Master of Arts in
Teacliing Secondary
Englisli (IVIAT)

The MAT in Secondary English
is designed specifically for candi-
dates seeking to teach high school
English who either have made a
late decision as undergraduates to
become teachers or are of a non-
traditional age. The 45-hour pro-
gram targets students who have an
undergraduate degree in English, or
a related field with significant
background in English, but who did
not complete a teacher certifica-
tion program at the undergraduate
level. Special features of the MAT
program include an emphasis on
gender equity, a writing workshop
which focuses on improving and
teaching writing and two semesters
of supervised internship.

Post-Baccalaureate
Premedical Program

Agnes Scott offers a one-year
post-baccalaureate program that

46

prepares students for most medical
school, veterinary school and other
allied health professions. This Post-
Baccalaureate Premedical Program
is primarily for career changers and
for returning students with under-
graduate degrees in non-science
fields who lack the necessary sci-
ence courses to apply for advanced
study in the growing healthcare
field.

Successful candidates have a
favorable academic record and
demonstrate a high degree of moti-
vation and commitment. It is desir-
able for applicants to have some
experience in a medical setting,
either as a volunteer or profes-
sional.

Students earn a certificate upon
completion of a minimum of 32
hours of laboratory science and a
non-credit co-curricular seminar
on various health care topics. Stu-
dents take the basic premedical
requirements (biology, general
chemistfry, organic chemistry and
physics) offered through the regular
undergraduate curriculum. Calcu-
lus is also strongly recommended,
though not required.

Post-Baccalaureate
Teacher Certification-
Secondary

Agnes Scott College offers
course work leading to post-bacca-
laureate certification at the
bachelor's level (T-4) in the follow-
ing fields: Secondary (Grades 7-12):

biology, chemistry, history, math-
ematics.

The Post-Baccalaureate Teacher
Certification Program is a non-
degree program for college gradu-
ates who have completed an appro-
priate major but have not com-
pleted a teacher education pro-
gram. Admitted students are re-
quired to complete a minimum of
30 semester hours of credit, 24 of
which must be specified Agnes
Scott hours. Additional hours may
be required depending on the
student's prior preparation and on
certification standards.

Post-Baccalaureate programs are
not available in Early Childhood or
Middle Grades.

Note: Initial certification in
secondary English is available for
qualified applicants at the Master's
level (T-5) through the Master of
Arts in Teaching Secondary En-
glish program.

Preparation for
Graduate Study

Preparation for Arts and
Sciences

A student interested in graduate
study in arts or sciences should con-
sult first with her faculty advisor.
Information on the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) may be
obtained in Faculty Services in

Agnes Scott College

Post-Baccalaureate Programs and Preparation for Graduate Study

Buttrick Hall. Graduate catalogs are
available on microfiche in McCain
Library.

Preparation for Medicine

The College encourages stu-
dents interested in a career in
medicine, dentistry, veterinary
medicine or allied health to pursue
the major of their choice. Medical
schools are interested in liberal arts
graduates. Agnes Scott students
have gone to medical school hav-
ing majored in classics, art, French
and other subjects.

The health professions advising
committee, advisory to the assis-
tant dean of the college, counsels
students on academic programs,
preparation for professional school
and ways to enhance acceptability
into pre-health programs. The
group writes letters of evaluation to
each school to which a student
applies. Students have the opportu-
nity to meet with medical college
faculty as well as medical students,
some of whom are Agnes Scott
alumnae.

The most critical step toward
admission, other than grades (grade
point average and grades in re-
quired science courses), is the
Medical College Admission Test
(MCAT) or its equivalent (DCAT
for dentistry, VCAT for veterinary
medicine). This test should be
taken during the spring of the

junior year (except for the VCAT)
and may be repeated during the fall
of the senior year to improve per-
formance.

Most medical, dental and veteri-
nary colleges require a full-year
course with laboratory in biology,
physics, inorganic (general) chem-
istry and organic chemistry. Some
schools require calculus. These
courses should be in progress or
completed by the spring of the
junior year in order to do well on
the MCAT.

A student can make many dif-
ferent course choices. If she is not
majoring in chemistry or physics,
she will most likely defer physics
until the junior year. A student
who majors in chemistry or biology
should take introductory courses in
that discipline during the first year.

One possible program is:

First year: Biology 120,121
Sophomore year: Chemistry 101,

lOlL, 102, 102L
Junior year: Chemistry 201, 202,

202L; Physics 110, 111

Another possible program is:
First year: Chemistry 101, lOlL,

102, 102L
Sopiiomore year: Chemistry 201,

202, 202L; Biology 120, 121
Junior year: Physics 110, 111

These possibilities apply to any
major. Some students may take
biology and chemistry during the
first year if they have good back-
grounds in both.

Students are responsible for
knowing the admission require-
ments of the professional schools to
which they apply. This information
is in Medical School Admission
Requirements, on reserve in Fac-
ulty Services in Buttrick Hall. A
student who plans to attend a
state-supported medical college
should apply to one in her home
state; out-of-state applicants usu-
ally are not accepted. Privately
supported institutions typically
accept many out-of-state students.
States with no dental or veterinary
colleges have agreements with
other states that have such facili-
ties.

Preparation for Law

American law schools require
no specific courses or major, but
students interested in the legal
profession must develop strong
analytical and communication
skills. Students should take maxi-
mum advantage of the richness and
variety of a liberal arts curriculum.
Those interested in law school
should consult with the pre-law
advisor. Prof. Gus Cochran, about
when to take and how to prepare
for the Law School Admissions
Test (LSAT).

1997-1999 Catalog

47

Tliition and Fees

Student fees at Agnes Scott
meet less than half of the
annual operating costs. The
difference between student payments
and College operating expenses
comes from general endowment
income and gifts and grants to the
College. Fees for full-time students
for the 1997-98 academic year are:

Tuition $14,825.00

Room and board fee 6,230.00

Health Insurance fee* 189.00

Student activity fee 115.00

College events fee 20.00

TOTAL $21,379.00

* The health insurance fee is adjusted each
year. This was the cost in 1996-97-

Payment due dates for
Tuition and Fees for 1997-98
are indicated below.

A student's account will be cred-
ited $50 for each semester that the
account is paid in full by the due
date.

A student's financial aid pack-
age will be considered when deter-
mining the amounts due each
semester.

All resident students pay a

refundable $100 room occupancy
deposit each year. This deposit is
due when tuition, fees and room
and board charges for the fall se-
mester are paid. The deposit is
refundable at the end of the
academic year provided no room
damage has occurred and no other
monies are due to the College.

48

Students who change hoarding
status during the semester will be
charged or credited for room and
board on a pro rata basis for the
remainder of the semester.

m Ail new students pay a non-
refundable $35 application fee
and a $150 enrollment fee by May
1 . This enrollment fee is nonre-
fundable after May 1. New stu-
dents who receive financial assis-
tance from the College are ex-
pected to pay the full amount of
the deposit by May 1 , unless oth-
erwise instructed by the director

offi

nancial aii

d.

Returning full-time students

pay a nonrefundable (after April
15) $150 deposit by April 15. This
deposit entitles the student to re-
register and to select a residence
hall room for the next year. A
nonrefundable $150 continuation
fee is required of students who are
on an approved leave of absence.

m Unclassified and Return to

College students who take less
than a full academic load (12 se-
mester hours) pay tuition in 1997-

Resident Students

April 15 (returning) ^ $150 Deposit

May 1 (new) $150 Deposit

August 1 $100 Room Deposit

August 1 $10,513 Balance

(Fall semester tuition, fees, room & board)

August 15 $189 Health Insurance*

(unless waived)
January 5 $10,527 Spring semester tuition, fees, room & board

Non-Resident Students

April 15 (returning) $150 Deposit

May 1 (new) $150 Deposit

August 1 $7,398 Balance

(Fall semester tuition, fees)

August 15 $189 Health Insurance*

(unless waived)
January 5 $7,412 Spring semester tuition and fees

Agnes Scott College

Tiiition and Fees

98 on a semester basis at a rate of
$670 for the first hour and $620 for
each additional hour up to five
hours; $4,390 for six to eight hours;
and $6,250 for nine to 1 1 hours.
Any additional monies due to the
College as a result of course
changes during the ten-day drop/
add period are due at the time of
the change. The $115 student
activity fee and the $20 college
events fee are not included in these
charges. The student activity fee is
due at the beginning of the first
semester of an academic session in
which the student is enrolled for at
least 6 semester hours. The College
Events fee is due at the beginning
of the first semester of an academic
session in which a student is en-
rolled, regardless of the number of
credit hours taken.

m Post-Baccalaureate Pre-

medical Students pay $310 per
credit hour up to five hours; $2,170
for six to eight hours; $3,100 for
nine to eleven hours; and $3,700
for full-time work m 1997-98. The
$115 student activity fee and the
$20 College Events fee are not
included in these charges. The
student activity fee is due at the
beginning of the first semester,
other than summer, in which the
student is enrolled for at least 6
semester hours. The College
Events fee is due at the beginning
of the first semester, other than
summer, in which a student is en-
rolled, regardless of the number of
credit hours taken.

Graduation Fee

A nonrefundable graduation fee
of $150 to cover rental of cap,

gown and hood, the purchase of
the diploma and other expenses is
required of all students who expect
to graduate. This payment is due
when tuition, fees and room and
board charges are paid.

Terms

A student may not register or
attend classes until accounts have
been satisfactorily paid in the
accounting office. All financial
obligations to the College must be
met before a student can receive a
diploma, a transcript of record or
official grades.

Refund Policy

A refund reters to the College
charges that are refunded to the
student and/or to the financial aid
sources which covered those
charges. Refunds are made within
30 days of the student's withdrawal.

Students who withdraw from
the College on or before the first
class day of a semester will receive
a full refund of any payment made
toward tuition, room and board
and student fees. No refund will be
made of the $150 enrollment/re-
registration deposit.

For students who withdraw after
the first class day during a semester,
the mandatory health fee is non-
refundable.

Agnes Scott's institutional
refund policy for tuition, room and
board and the Student Activity
and College Events fees is as
follows:

9 90% refund when withdrawal is
after the first class day and be-
fore the end of the first 10% of
the semester.
50% refund when withdrawal is

after the first 10% and before

the end of the first 25% of the

semester.
25% refund when withdrawal is

after the first 25% and before

the end of the first 50% of the

semester.

The date of withdrawal is the
earlier of: ( 1 ) the date that the
student notifies the institution of
her intent to withdraw or (2) the
date of withdrawal as specified by
the student. The semester begins
with the first day of class for that
semester. The first week of the
semester is the seven-day period
that begins on the first day of class.
The point of withdrawal is mea-
sured in weeks, and the student is
considered to have withdrawn
within a given week, as defined
above, if the withdrawal date is
prior to the end of that week.

For students who are in their
first semester of study at Agnes
Scott College and withdraw on or
before the 60% point in the semes-
ter, the refund amount is calculated
using the statutory pro rata refund
policy set forth by the U.S. Depart-
ment of Education. The pro rata
refund is calculated based on the
prorated charges for the remaining
weeks in the semester.

Refunds are applied in the
following order, as prescribed by
federal law and regulations:
9 Unsubsidized Federal Stafford

Loans
H Subsidized Federal Stafford

Loans
M Federal Parent Loans for

Undergraduate Students
M Federal Pell Grants
H Federal Supplemental Educa-
tional Opportunity Grants

1997-1999 Catalog

49

Tuition and Fees

Other federal aid

State financial assistance

Private or institutional student
financial assistance

Student

Monthly Statements
Of Account

Each student will receive a
monthly statement of account from
the College if a balance is due.
Statements include, but are not
limited to, tuition, room and board
charges, health center charges,
parking fines and library fines.
Statements are due and payable
upon receipt, unless otherwise
stated, for tuition, fees, room and
board.

Delinquent
Accounts

It is the College's stated policy
to turn over past due accounts to
an outside collection agency and to
use the full extent of the law to
collect delinquent accounts.

Health
Insurance

The College requires that all
students be covered by health
insurance and provides a health
insurance program for a fee. The
fee is charged and payable when
tuition, room and board charges are
due. The health insurance program
may be waived upon evidence that
the student is covered by adequate
alternative health insurance
arrangements.

International students must
carry a Student Accident and Sick-
ness Insurance Plan to help meet
additional medical expenses for the
academic year. They must have this
coverage before they may enroll.

There is no charge to resident
students for routine treatment in
the Student Health Center.

Telephone
System

The College provides each room
with a telephone connection. The
Agnes Scott telecommunications
office contracts with AT&T for
long distance service. A long dis-
tance access code may be obtained
directly with AT&T or through the
Agnes Scott telecommunications
office. Bills are sent monthly by
AT&T and payments are sent
directly to them. An outstanding
balance on the AT&T telephone
account is considered an outstand-
ing financial obligation to Agnes
Scott College and could result in
the loss of the long distance access
code and official grades and tran-
scripts being withheld.

Vehicle
Registration

There is a vehicle registration
fee of $50 for the academic year or
$30 for one semester.

50

Agnes Scott College

Courses of Study

Guide to Symbols

f = fall semester, s = spring semester, S = summer, L = laboratory or language across the curriculum course.
Parentheses following the course number indicate that the course is cross-listed as an offering of another department.

The College reserves the right in its discretion to make at any time changes affecting policies, fees,
curricula or other matters required to carry out the objectives and purposes of the College.

Affricana Studies

Director: Violet M. Johnson

The program in Africana Studies affords
students opportunities to focus on the history,
culture and contemporary issues pertaining to
people of African descent. The core courses of the
program, offered in the Departments of History,
English, Political Science, Sociology and Anthropol-
ogy, and Religious Studies, deal variously with Africa,
African-Americans and the African Diaspora. Related
courses are offered in the Departments of Political
Science, Sociology and Anthropology, Psychology,
Music and Modem Foreign Languages and Literatures.
Students may choose to do the established minor as
described below or select some courses to complement
their majors and minors in other disciplines and areas.

Through the student-designed major option, a
student, with approval from the dean of the college,
may pursue a major in Africana Studies.

Requirements for the Minor:

A minimum of 19 hours is required for the minor All
courses in the minor should be chosen in consultation
with the program advisor and must be approved by
the advisor.
Required courses:
Africana Studies 170

History 250 or 251 or 350
Students must choose at least four courses from the
following groups, three of which must be chosen from
Groups I and II, with a minimum of one course from
each:
Group I (Historical and Cultural Perspectives):
English 339; History 250, 251, 253, 254, 350, 354;
Religion 330 (when the topic relates to the
religions of Africa or the African Diaspora);
Sociology 380
Group 11 (Critical Perspectives):
History 335; Sociology 350, 370
Group ill (Related Perspectives):
Interdisciplinary 200; English 216; History 331,
332; Music 204; Sociology 230, 301; Religious
Studies 331; Political Science 308; Psychology
240; Spanish 208
One of the following courses must be taken with the
research component for one additional hour of credit:
History 335, 350; Sociology 370, 380 (Note: These
four courses have variable credit [3-4 hours]. Four
hours of credit will be given if taken with the research
component for this minor.)

170f. AFRICAN-AMERICAN CULTURE AND SOCIAL
INSTITUTIONS (3)

Overall framework for the study of African-Americans
from slavery to the present. Aspects of the African-
American experience are examined from a
multidisciplinary perspective.

1997-1999 Catalog

51

Art

Art

Professor: Terr\' McGehee
Associate Professor: Donna Sadler
Assistant Professor: Anne Beidler

The faculty in the art program are practicing
artists and art historians who believe in the
primacy of the visual arts in liberal education.
The inherent value of art and the manner in which it
can enrich and enliven the individual's experience lie
at the core of the art program.

The art major is a balanced program of study in
theory, practice and history. The art major, with its
strong foundation in two-dimensional and three-
dimensional art and solid grounding in the chronologi-
cal periods of art history, offers a meaningful experi-
ence in the visual arts in preparation for a productive
professional or academic career. Students may go into
graduate programs in studio art, art history, art therapy,
museum work, art restoration or arts administration.
Students may also minor in either Art History or
Studio Art. A dual degree program in Art and Archi-
tecture is offered with Washington University in St.
Louis.

The Dana Fine Arts building, designed by the
architect John Portman, incorporates studio spaces,
lecture halls, an auditorium and the Dalton Gallery.
The latter is a large, multiroom exhibition space that
has hosted shows of both historical and contemporary
art works. The gallery program incorporates at least
one student exhibition a year, which offers the studio
classes an excellent opportunity to showcase their
works. Not only does the Dalton Gallery exhibit local
artists and thematic shows, but students also have
access to the rich cultural offerings in Atlanta; visits to
galleries, museums and artist studios complement the
art major's course of study.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in Art History and Theory:

102. 103, 480

Two additional courses in Art History and Tlieory

Courses required in Studio Art:

Foundation Studies: 161, 162, 240, 270

One of the following: 241, 242

Minimum of 9 semester hours in other 200, 300, 400

level Studio Art courses
A minimum of 39 hours in art is required for the

major.

Requirements for the Minor

Art History

102, 103, 480; four additional courses in art history
at the 200 and/or 300 level. The program must
have the approval of the chair of the department.
Suggested course beyond the minimum
requirement: 161

Studio Art

161, 162, 480; four additional courses in studio art.
The program must have the approval of the chair
of the department.
Suggested courses beyond the minimum
requirement: 102, 103, 208.

Art History and Theory

The Distributional Standard in fine arts will be
satisfied by any course in art history and theory.

102f. HISTORY OF ART I (3)

Development of ethnographic and western art from their
beginnings in prehistory to the close ot the middle ages.
Special emphasis is placed upon the varied functions of
art and its role as an index of cultural values.

103s. HISTORY OF ART II (3)

Delineation ot major artistic periods from the Renais-
sance through the modem periods. Emphasis shifts from
the concept of the individual masterpiece in the
fifteenth century to the artist as courtier in the seven-
teenth century to the various art movements in the
twentieth century.

103LS. (French 203L) HISTORY OF ART II, FRENCH
COMPONENT (1)

See French 203L for description.
Offered 1997-98

201f. (Classics 242) GREEK AND ROMAN ART (3)

Survey of the architecture, sculpture, painting and minor

52

Agnes Scott College

Art

arts from the Bronze Age in Greece (c. 3000 B.C.E.)
through the flourishing of the Roman Empire until c.
313 C.E.

202f. (Religious Studies 202) MEDIEVAL ART (3)

Survey of the major monuments ot architecture,
painting, sculpture and manuscripts from the fourth
century to the fourteenth century. Focusing on the
accomplishments of the artists and their patrons from the
ninth through the thirteenth century, the economic,
social and political factors that affected the medieval
artistic vision are examined.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

202Lf. (French 202L) IVIEDIEVAL ART, FRENCH
COMPONENT

See French 202L for description.
Not o/fered 1997-98

(1)

203f. RENAISSANCE ART (3)

Concentration on the apogee of painting, sculpture and
architecture in Italy. Between c. 1300-1550, artists trace
a visual arc between the rediscovery of nature by Giotto
to the creation of works synonymous with "high culture"
such as the Mona Lisa and the Sistine Ceiling.
Addresses issues of style and iconography, as well as the
effect of patronage and gender on the visual arts.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

208s. 19TH- & 20TH-CENTURY ART (3)

Exploration of the architecture, sculpture and painting
from the beginning of the nineteenth century through
post-modernism. Primary emphasis on social history that
helped shape the various artistic movements from
realism to pop art to minimalism to performance art of
the 1980s.

311s. (Women's Studies 311) THE RISE OF THE

WOMAN ARTIST (3)

Examination of the changing role of women in the
production and possession of art. The perspectives of
gender and difference used to define the shifting images
of women both as subjects and as creators. The artistic
patronage of women is examined as a force for social and
artistic change.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

31 2s. THE AGE OF THE CATHEDRALS (3)

Intensive study of the cathedrals and monasteries of the
twelfth and thirteenth centuries. Emphasis placed on the
theory and construction practices of the medieval
masons, the iconography ot architecture and the
meaning of the stained glass and sculpture programs that
embellish the churches of France, England, Spain and

Italy.

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY IN ART HISTORY AND

CRITICISM (2-4)

Special problems adjusted to the needs and interests of

the individual student. An introduction to scholarly

research.

Open to art majors only

480s. ISSUES IN ART (3)

Capstone course that emphasizes theory, contemporary
art issues and the role of art in society today. Political,
social and aesthetic perspectives related to current
developments in the visual arts. Readings, presentations
and visits to galleries, museums and artists' studios
provide a context for discussion.

Open to art majors and minors in art history or studio art and
others with permission of the department chair

490f,S. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research in art history and theory or m
studio art under the supervision of a department member.
Open to senior art majors or by permission of the department
chair

Studio Art

The Distributional Standard in Fine Arts may be
satisfied in studio art by taking Art 161 or 162. If a
student requests a portfolio review and subsequently
receives a positive recommendation by the studio
faculty, the student will be advised as to appropriate
curricular choices, placement and possible credit.
Refer to page 12 for AP credit.

All studio courses meet 4 hours per week for 3
semester hours credit unless otherwise indicated.
Students are expected to provide most of their own
supplies.

161f,s. ART STRUCTURE I (3)

Introductory drawing course to develop visual skills as
well as individual expression. Experiments in a variety of
drawing media with subject matter that includes still-life,
life drawing and contemporary methods in drawing.

162f,s. ART STRUCTURE II (3)

Study of the design elements of form, line, color and
texture in relation to problems in composition, color
theory, subject matter and space. Experiments in imagery
and media that may include xerographic, photographic

J 997- 1999 Catalog

53

Art, The Atlanta Semester: Women, Leadership and Social Change

and computer aided design assemblages.

240f. DRAWING AND COMPOSITION (3)

Problems in representation with a focus on life drawing
and the human body- Experimentation with drawing
media and various styles of drawing. Emphasis on
personal expression and thematic discovery.
Prerequisite: 161 or permission of the instructor

241 f,s. PAINTING I (3)

Introductory' course in painting. Basic painting tech-
niques and experiments in color theory combined with a
discussion of conceptual approaches to painting.
Prerequisite: 161 and 162 or permission of the instructor

242f,s. PRINTMAKINGI (3)

Introduction to printmaking processes with a focus on
image content. Printing processes may include
monoprint, relief, intaglio, silkscreen, photographic
processes in printmaking or book arts.
Prerequisite: 161 and 162 or permission of instructor

270f. THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN (3)

Series of spacial experiments in relief, collage and
construction. Media include but are not limited to clay,
wire, wood, paper and plaster.
Prerequisite: 161

274s. SCULPTURE I (3)

Introduction to selected sculptural processes including a
focus in one or more of the following areas: ceramics,
ceramic sculpture, basic carving (wood or stone),
assemblage and construction or basic casting.
Prerequisite: 270 or permission of the instructor
May be repeated if subject matter varies

341 f,s. PAINTING II (3)

Advanced problems in painting related to issues of
imagery, content, scale and technical means.
Prerequisite: 24 L

May be repeated if subject matter varies

342f,s. PRINTMAKING II (3)

Problems in specific printing processes including
monoprint, relief, intaglio, silkscreen, photographic
processes in printmaking or book arts. Focus on develop-
ing individual expression and image content.
Prerequisite: 242
May be repeated if subject matter varies

360f,s. STUDIO IN MIXED MEDIA

Contemporary approaches to art-making which may
include combining two and three-dimensional media
with a focus on expanding the range of expression.

54

(3)

Projects could include installations, performance pieces,
collaborative works or video. Emphasis centers on the
development and visual presentation of ideas.
Prerequisite: 241, 242 or 270 or pemiission of the
instructor

460f,s. ADVANCED STUDIO (3)

Special problems in drawing, painting, printmaking,

photo processes, ceramics, sculpture or other two and

three-dimensional media.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

May be repeated if subject matter varies

The Atlanta
Semester: Women,
Leadership and Social
Change

Director: Isa D. Williams

The Atlanta Semester challenges students to
examine women's contributions to the dynam-
ics of social change, while tapping into the
unique resources available only in Atlanta. Combining
experiential learning with an exciting array of courses
and independent research, students will earn a full
semester's credit.

Agnes Scott students enrolled in the Atlanta
Semester Program may count the credit hours as
fulfillment of electives or, with approval of their major
or minor department, apply to receive credit in
fulfillment of their major or minor. See the description
of the Atlanta Semester on p. 41.

301 s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER SEMINAR (4)

An interdisciplinary exploration ot women's historic and
contemporary contributions to social change. The course
provides a theoretical framework for understanding
women's relationship to the process of social change with
special focus on multi-ethnic feminist theories. (Open
only to students enrolled in the Atlanta Semester Program.)

Agnes Scott College

The Atlanta Semester: Women, Leadership and Social Change, Biochemistry

305s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER SPEAKERS'

FORUM (2)

Students meet with community leaders and faculty for
lectures and discuss topics related to the Atlanta
Semester's yearly topic. (Open only to students enrolled in
the Atlanta Semester Pro-am.)

350s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER INTERNSHIP (4)

Experiential learning through a supervised internship in
a community organization. (Open only to students enrolled
in the Atlanta Semester Program.)

380s. THE ATLANTA SEMESTER RESEARCH

PROJECT (3)

Independent research drawing on the Atlanta Semester
internship and seminar and resulting in a paper that
combines theory and experience. Topic to be selected by
the student with approval from the instructor. (Open only
to students enrolled in the Atlanta Semester Program.)

Biochemistry

Advisor: Linda C. Hodges

The academic program in biochemistry is
designed to give students two optional path-
ways to the major based on their interests and
career plans. Both pathways give students a thorough
grounding in biological and chemical principles,
especially as applied to this interdisciplinary field.
Both pathways give students background for a variety
of career goals including advanced study in biochemis-
try, molecular biology, pharmacology, medicine,
dentistry and veterinary medicine; technical and
nontechnical areas of biochemical, medical and
pharmaceutical industries; and scientific writing or
editing.

The required courses provide fundamental knowl-
edge of:

structure and function relationships of biologi-
cal molecules and systems;

H chemical and biological reactions and their
significance in biological systems; and

modem methods for acquiring, analyzing and
retrieving data.

Collaborative research is an integral part of this

rapidly changing area, and all biochemistry majors are
required to have a research experience as part of their
undergraduate requirements. This research experience
may be a credit or noncredit program either on or off
campus.

Students considering a major in biochemistry
should consult a biochemistry advisor as soon as
possible, since sequencing of courses and prerequisites
requires careful planning.

Requirements for the Major If Electing
Biochemistry from a Biology Emphasis:

Biology courses: 120, 210, 309, 310 and one course
chosen from 300, 301 and 316. Total: 20 hours

Chemistry courses: 101, 101 L, 102, 102L, 201, 202,
202L, 210 or 431 , 300, 300L, 301 Total: 26 hours

Total hours in Biology and Chemistry Courses:
46 hours

Mathematics courses: 118, 119

Physics courses: 110, 111

Additional Requirements:

All students must participate in a supervised research
experience approved by the biochemistry advisor.
Students may elect to fulfill this requirement by taking
appropriate Agnes Scott research courses or by
taking part in biochemical research or internship
experiences either on or off campus, such as SHARP!
Women or other summer programs.

Requirements for the Major If Electing
Biochemistry from a Chemistry Emphasis
(including courses for the ACS-approved
Biochemistry track):

Biology courses: 120, 210, 309 and 316
Total: 16 hours

Chemistry courses: 101, 101 L, 102, 102L, 201, 202,
202L, 300, 300L, 301, 302, 312, 342, 343, 400 and
431, plus 3 additional hours at the advanced level
such as Chemistry 410 or 490. Total: 42 hours

Total hours in Biology and Chemistry courses:
58 hours

Mathematics courses: 118, 119

Physics courses: 1 10, 1 1 1 , 242, 243

1 997- 1 999 Catalog

55

Biochemistry, Biology

Additional Requirements:

Ail students must participate in a supervised researcli
experience approved by tlie bioctnemistry advisor.
Students may elect to fulfill this requirement by taking
appropriate Agnes Scott research courses or by
taking part in biochemical research or internship
experiences either on or off campus, such as SHARP!
Women or other summer programs. NOTE: If a student
elects a formal course such as Chemistry 490 to fulfill
this requirement, any hours elected over the 60 hours
allowed in the major must be in excess of the 120 hour
College requirement for graduation.

and nein-credit research opportunities are available
with biology faculty members and off-campus. The
program requirements combine foundation in the
principles of biology with flexibility so that a student
may design a program of study which best fits her
goals.

Students who plan to major or minor in biology
should consult with a member of the department early
in their college careers to ensure normal progression.
Students may elect the biochemistry major with either
a biology or chemistry emphasis. Students should
consult with department members about opportunities
for interdisciplinary majors, summer study and
research.

Biology

Professors:

Sandra T. Bowden
John F. Pilger
Harry Wistrand
Assistant Professors:

J. Phil Gibson
Karen J. Thompson

The Agnes Scott biology program offers an
integrated approach to the study of living
systems from molecules to ecosystems. The
themes that unify the program are evolution, relation-
ships between form and function, the unity and
diversity of life, and the cycling of matter and the flow
of energy. Current methods of investigation, commu-
nication, critical thinking and collaborative learning
and research are emphasized. Students are encouraged
to view science as a process for the development of
knowledge in many subfields that have common
themes, shared methods of investigation and many
interdisciplinary connections.

A major program includes the study of biological
science as a process, molecules, cells and tissues,
diverse organisms and general and organic chemistry.
Elective courses may include ecology, systematics,
genetics, developmental biology, marine biology,
animal behavior and physiology. In addition, credit

Requirements for the Major

36 hours as defined below:

120, 121, 210, 309, 310, plus four other courses

other than 380
Elective courses must reflect at least two of the

following groups:
Prokaryotes: 301

Animals: 240, 270, 280, 305, 318
Plants: 212, 220
Also required: Chemistry 201 and one course in

mathematics excluding 101, 104, 115 and 150.

Requirements for the lUlinor

20 hours as defined below:
120, 121, 210 and two other courses in biology for
which prerequisites have been met.

1 01 f ,8. BIOLOGY OF ANIMALS (4)

Structure, function, diversity and evolution of animals as
exemplified by their morphology and physiology. Not
open to students who have had 240, 270 or 305.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

1081 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (4)

Fundamental concepts of human ecology. Emphasis on
human interaction with and impact on the environment.
Global, regional and social issues will be discussed in
light of their foundation in biological, ecological and
evolutionary principles. Not open to students who have
had or are taking 308.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

56

Agnes Scott GoUege

Biology

120f. CONCEPTS IN CELLULAR BIOLOGY AND

GENETICS (4)

Structure and function of biological molecules. Func-
tional anatomy of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
Major pathways for capture and release of energy.
Metabolism of carbon compounds. Inheritance, gene
regulation, recombinant DNA and biotechnology.
Laboratory investigations emphasize processes of
scientific inquiry.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

121s. CONCEPTS IN ORGANISMAL AND

EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY (4)

Introduction to form and function ot plants and animals.
Evolutionary mechanisms and models of population
dynamics. Biological diversity and systematics. Labora-
tory investigations emphasize processes of scientific
inquiry. Not open to students who have taken 1 10.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 120

21 Of. CRITICAL THINKING AND INVESTIGATION IN
BIOLOGY (4)

Introduction to inquiry and communication in the
biological sciences. Special emphasis on critical
thinking, methods of investigation, analysis and
presentation of data. Gomputing and literature research
skills. Scientific writing and oral communication. A
minimum grade of G- in this course is prerequisite to all
subsequent 200- and 300-level courses in the
department.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 120 or permission of the chair
Prerequisite or corequisite: 121 or Ghemistry 102 and
102L

21 2s. BIOLOGY OF PLANTS (4)

Functional organization, growth, reproduction and
dispersal of seed plants. Nutrition and transport pro-
cesses. Evolution of the land flora. Goncepts in plant
community ecology. Interactions between plants and
other organisms.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite or corequisite: 210

21 5S. MARINE BIOLOGY (4)

Ecological approach to the study of marine organisms as

exemplified in temperate, semi-tropical and tropical

environments. A three-week field course; dates to be

determined.

Limited to eight students

Prerequisite: 1 20 or 121

Offered summer 1 998 and alternate years

220f. SYSTEMATICS OF SOUTHEASTERN PLANTS (4)

Principles of plant identification, classification and
nomenclature, with special emphasis on vascular plants
native to this region. Laboratory includes observing
plants in their natural environments and techniques for
collecting, identifying and preserving specimens.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite or corequisite: 210
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

240f. VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY (4)

Gross anatomy of vertebrates, along with microscopic
structure of animal tissues. Includes dissection of
selected animals and a project using histological
techniques.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

270s. INVERTEBRATE BIOLOGY (4)

Gomparative anatomy, functional morphology and
systematics of major and minor invertebrate phyla to
achieve an understanding of unity, diversity and
evolution in these animals. Laboratory includes some
fieldwork.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

280f. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (4)

Development, ecology and causation of animal behavior.
Emphasis on comparative analysis of mechanisms
underlying the production of species-specific behavior.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210

301f. MICROBIOLOGY (4)

Biology of prokaryotic and eukaryotic microorganisms

and viruses with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.

Morphology, physiology, biochemistry, genetics,

taxonomy and immunology.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 210; Ghemistry 102

305s. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (4)

Gomparative study ot respiration, circulation, sensory
and neural integration, locomotion, metabolism and
temperature and water regulation in animals. Balanced
emphasis on lower vertebrates, invertebrates and human
systems. Selected topics studied in depth in the labora-
tory.

3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 210, Ghemistry 102

J 997- J 999 Gatalog

57

Biology

308s. ECOLOGY (4)

Interactions of organisms with their abiotic and biotic

environments. Populations, communities and ecosystems

from ecological and environmental perspectives.

Laboratory and field studies, environmental analysis.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 210, Mathematics 117 (or 118 or 119)

recommended

309f. CELL BIOLOGY 1: FUNCTIONAL

ORGANIZATION (4)

Form and function at the cellular level of organization.
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell structure, the cell cycle,
energy and information flow, major modes of nutrition
and metabolism. Specialized cellular functions, including
motility and electrical activity.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: Chemistry 102
Prerequisite or corequisite: 210

310s. CELL BIOLOGY 2: PHYSIOLOGY AND

BIOCHEMISTRY (4)

Biochemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and
nucleic acids. Solutions, pH and buffers. Enzyme activity
and energy flow in major metabolic processes. Major
anabolic and catabolic pathways in the metabolism of
carbon- and nitrogen-containing compounds. Photosyn-
thesis, fermentation, glycolysis, aerobic and anaerobic
respiration, urea cycle and gluconeogenesis. Integration
and regulation of metabolism.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 309; Ghemistry 201

315s. GENETICS (4)

Structure, function, regulation and transmission of

hereditary materials in viruses, prokaryotes and

eukaryotes. Not open to students who have taken 300.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite or corequisite: 210

Prerequisite: Ghemistry 102

31 6f. MOLECULAR GENETICS (4)

Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular
level in viruses, prokaryotes and eukaryotes; introduction
to genetic engineering and recombinant DNA tech-
niques. Emphasis on recently published literature.
3 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 315; Ghemistry 201 (Ghemistry 201 for
AGS biochemistry majors)

Corequisite: for AGS biochemistry majors, a one-hour
noncredit tutorial

318s. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (4)

Morphological patterns and the developmental mecha-

nisms in the ontogeny of animals. Emphasis on classical
vertebrate and invertebrate models.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 309

380f,s. RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY (1-4)

Lab or field research project conducted jointly with a
member of the biology faculty. Student collaboration is
encouraged where appropriate. Recommendation of the
faculty member and approval by department are
necessary. Approval may be contingent on the number of
projects supervised by a faculty member each semester.
The project may be done in conjunction with an
ongoing research project or with a biology course (see
below). Students eligible for graduation with high honor
should enroll in Biology 490 and follow the application
procedures for the independent and collaborative study
program. Advanced planning is essential and application
must be approved prior to the beginning of course
selection week. Research opportunities may be available
in conjunction with the following courses: 212, 215, 220,
270, 280, 301, 305, 308, 309, 310, 315, 316, 318.
Open to Biology majors only

Prerequisite: 210 and appropriate advanced courses as
required by the department. One credit hour is equiva-
lent to a minimum of three hours of work per week. May
be repeated as appropriate with approval of department.
Gontinuation of multi-semester research to the next
semester is contingent on a minimum grade of G in
Biology 380.

481s. (Psychology 481) INTERDISCIPLINARY

SEMINAR IN ANIMAL/HUMAN BEHAVIOR (1 )

Open to students majoring in self-designed biology-
psychology or to senior majors in biology or in psychol-
ogy with adequate preparation in both disciplines, as
determined by consultation with both department chairs.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT OR COLLABORATIVE

STUDY (4-8)

Independent or collaborative laboratory and/or field
research under the supervision of biology faculty
members. Open only to students who are fulfilling the
research requirement for graduation with high honor.
An individual thesis and a seminar presentation are
required. Recommendation by the department is based
on the student's choice of a suitable research project, her
potential for biological research, course work and
background and evidence of motivation for undertaking
the research.

Students who do not meet the grade point average for
graduation with high honor but who wish to pursue research
within the department are directed to Biology 380.

58

Agnes Scott College

Business Preparatory Program, Chemistry

Business

Preparatory

Program

Chemistry

Director: Edmund J. Sheehey

With the rapid growth of, and turnover in,
the information that is important to
business, it is now commonplace to hear
corporate leaders claim that the best training for
business is a liberal arts education. Mindful that many
of our students are preparing for a career in business,
the College has selected from its curriculum a set of
courses that stress analytical and communications
skills relied on in business and provide a foundation in
areas of study basic to business.

The program does not alter requirements for
graduation nor constitute a major. The fact that a
student has taken the program is indicated on her
transcript. In order to complete the program students
must take at least eight of the courses listed below:

Required Courses:

Economics: 104, 105 and 21 1

Mathematics: 101 or 117or 1 18 (If students take 101,

they may also count toward the program either 117

or 118, but not both)
At least one of the following: English 210; Psychology

240 or 305 or 316; Philosophy 103; Political Science

102; Theatre 117
Elective courses:

Economics: 210, 212, 213, 217, 303, 309, 338
Mathematics: 115 or 328, 150, 119

Professor: Linda C. Hodges
Associate Professors:

Thomas L. Maier, Director of Information

Technology Services
T. Leon Venable
Assistant Professor: Lilia C. Harvey

The academic program in chemistry, approved
by the American Chemical Society (ACS), is
designed to give students a thorough grounding
in the principles and applications of modem chemis-
try, as well as extensive practical experience with
research-quality instruments. The curriculum is
structured to serve chemistry majors, majors in
chemistry-related disciplines and nonscience majors.
Students may design individual major programs to
prepare for a variety of career goals, such as advanced
study in chemistry, biochemistry, medical sciences,
molecular biology, materials science, chemical physics;
technical and nontechnical areas of the chemical
industry; scientific writing or editing; chemical
education; and computer applications in chemistry.
After completing a chemistry major, the student
should have the basic background required to be part
of an industrial or academic scientific team devoted to
research or applied chemistry. The required courses
provide fundamental knowledge of:

theories which describe matter and chemical
reactions ranging from elemental to biological systems;

I techniques and instruments ordinarily used to
investigate atoms, molecules and chemical reactions;

modern methods for acquiring, analyzing and
retrieving data.

Students considering a major in chemistry should
consult a member of the department as soon as
possible, even if their lower division advisors are not
in chemistry. While there is considerable flexibility in
course selection, particularly at the upper level, the
sequence of courses and prerequisites requires careful
planning of both lower level and upper level courses.

1997-1999 Catalog

59

Chemistry

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

101-101L, 102-102L or equivalent, preferably in first

year;
201, 202-202L, 301, 302, 312, 342, 343 in

sequence
The non-ACS approved major requires an addi-
tional 9 hours beyond the core Usted above. The
major approved by the ACS requires an additional
13 hours beyond the core. The 13 hours must
include 43 1 and 44 1 for 3 hours and 4 hours
respectively. Additional hours may be in advanced
chemistry, biology, mathematics and/or physics, as
approved by the department.

For those students electing the ACS approved
program in Chemistry with a Biochemistry
emphasis, courses in addition to the 30-hour
core must include:

Chemistry 300, 300L, 400; 410 or 490 researcfi

course with sufficient laboratory hours to meet the

ACS guidelines; Biology 316
Course selections at the advanced level should

reflect the student's particular interests, abilities

and career goals.
All three of the major options described above also

require courses in mathematics (8 hours) and

physics (10 hours) in addition to the 30-hour core

of chemistry courses.

Courses required outside of the discipline:

Mathematics 118, 119

Physics 1 1 and 1 1 1 , to be completed prior to

Chemistry 301
Physics 242, 243
Courses recommended for the major:
Additional mathematics, advanced biology or

advanced physics reflecting students' particular

interests,
Reading knowledge of a modern language.

101f. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATTER AND
REACTIONS (3)

Introduction to structure of matter, ranging from atoms
to biochemical macromolecules; and the basis of
chemical reactions, including types of reactions common

to inorganic organic and biochemical systems.
Corequisite: lOlL

1 01 Lf . BASIC LABORATORY METHODS (1 )

Experimental methods in basic scientific measurement,
elementary synthesis and analysis.
Corequisite: 101

1 02s. PERIODICITY AND CHEMICAL REACTIONS (3)

Chemistry of the elements and their compounds, with
emphasis on periodic relationships. A more detailed
examination of the quantitative aspects of chemical
reactions than seen in Chemistry 101.
Prerequisite: 101
Corequisite: 102L

102LS. BASIC LABORATORY METHODS II (1)

Experimental methods to analyze elementary inorganic
reactions both quantitatively and qualitatively.
Corequisite: 102

200f,s. TUTORIAL (1-3)

Individualized study designed primarily to accommodate
transfer, advanced placement students or students from
nontraditional programs. Topics and credit are
determined by a student's needs. Combination of lecture
and laboratory hours varies with area of study.

201 f. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (4)

Systematic study of the chemistry of aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbon compounds, including their
derivatives, such as alkyl halides and alcohols. Stere-
ochemistry, electronic effects, resonance theory, acid-
base properties and reaction mechanisms emphasized.
The laboratory introduces students to fundamental
experimental techniques of organic chemistry. Aspects of
chromatography and spectroscopy are explored.
3 LEC, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: 101, 102 or the equivalent background as
determined by results of the departmental placement/
exemption examination and faculty-student conference

202s. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3)

Continuation of Organic Chemistry 1. The
chemistry of carbonyl compounds and amines is
examined in detail. The mechanisms of important
organic reactions and the applications of these reactions
to organic synthesis are studied.
Prerequisite: 201

202LS. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II LABORATORY (1)

Qualitative organic analysis and multistep organic

synthesis.

Corequisite: 202

60

Agnes Scott College

21 Of. BIO-INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3)

Drug design/therapy and toxicity described through
molecular structure and chemical activity; elements both
essential and toxic to humans viewed in terms of overall
chemical reactivity; nerve impulses regulated by alkali
metals; transition metals as catalysts.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 102, 102L

300f. BIOCHEMISTRY I (3)

Fundamentals of biochemistry. Study of biomolecules,
catabolic and biosynthetic pathways and storage,
transmission and expression of genetic information.
Prerequisite: 202

300LS. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (1)

Fundamental biochemical laboratory methods including
the study of acid-base properties of amino acids and
proteins, spectrophotometric characterization, chromato-
graphic separation techniques and electrophoresis.
Prerequisite: 202, 202L

301f. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (3)

General principles of thermodynamics and equilibria. A

study of gas phase kinetics, solution dynamics and

catalysis.

Prerequisites: 202, 202L; Mathematics 118, 119;

Physics 110, 111

Mathematics 205 recommended

302s. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3)

Quantum theory, as applied in chemistry, including
structure and spectral relationships. General principles of
statistical mechanics.
Prerequisite: 301

312s. CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (3)

Advanced study ot the instrumental and theoretical

approaches for complete analysis.

Prerequisite: 301; Physics 242

Corequisite: 302

Prerequisite or corequisite: Physics 243

342f. PHYSICOCHEMICAL METHODS OF

EXPERIMENTATION I (2)

Comprehensive course in essential methods for acquisi-
tion and interpretation of physical/analytical data.
Emphasis on spectroscopy, fundamental chemometrics
and molecular modeling.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 301; Physics 242

343s. PHYSICOCHEMICAL METHODS OF

EXPERIMENTATION II (2)

Continuation ot Chemistry 342. Second semester
problems include measurement of systems at equilibrium
(acid-base and redox processes), kinetics, chromatogra-

Chemistry

phy and separations.

Prerequisite or corequisite: 302, 312, 342; Physics 243

400s. BIOCHEMISTRY II (3)

Fundamentals of biophysical and bio-analytical chemis-
try. Advanced experimental techniques for characteriza-
tion of macromolecules, separation methods, enzyme
kinetics, radiochemical techniques. Combination of
lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: 300, 300L, 302, 312, 342, 343

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Tutorial in an advanced topic of special interest to a

chemistry major. The nature of the topic determines

inclusion of a laboratory component. Each spring the

department lists topics available for study the following

year.

Prerequisite: varies according to topic

431f. MODERN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3)

Current theories of bonding and structure, stereochemis-
try and reaction mechanisms involving both main group
elements and transition metals. Selected topics in
organometallic and bio- inorganic chemistry.
Prerequisite: 302

441 f. SYNTHETIC METHODS AND

CHARACTERIZATION (4)

Synthesis ot inorganic and organometallic compounds.
Inert atmosphere and vacuum-line techniques. Nonaque-
ous chemistry. Spectroscopic characterization of
compounds. Combination of lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: 342, 343
Prerequisite or corequisite: 431

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research conducted under the supervision
ot a member of the department. Thesis and seminar
presentation of results are required. Departmental
recommendation for admission to the program is
necessary and depends on choice of a suitable research
problem, demonstrated potential for chemical research
and student motivation for pursuing the laboratory and
non-laboratory aspects of the project.
Prerequisite: 302, 312, 342, 343

Corequisite: appropriate advanced courses,~as approved
by the department.

1997-1999 Catalog

61

Classical Languages and Literatures

Classical
Languages and
Literatures

Associate Professors:

Gail Cabisius
Sally A. MacEwen

The student of classics analyzes the literary and
artistic works of ancient Greece and Rome,
reconstructs the values and histories of those
distant societies and examines their philosophical
thought. In addition, she comes to understand the
intellectual roots of our culture and many of our
traditions and institutions. The multidisciplinary
approach of classical study helps the student develop
skills in language, in analysis of social and historical
problems and in the appreciation of art and literature.
These skills can be applied to many careers and
professions after graduation.

The Department of Classical Languages and
Literatures offers courses in Greek and Latin languages
and in classical civilization from texts in English. Thie
department offers a choice of majors in Classical
Languages and Literatures, specializing in the study of
ancient languages and literatures, and Classical
Civilization, combining the study of an ancient
language with courses in classical civilization. Students
who plan to do graduate study in classics should
choose the major in Classical Languages and
Literatures and every student considering a major in
classics is urged to take Greek or Latin in her first year.

Requirements for the Majors

Classical Languages and Literatures

At least 24 hours in Greek or Latin, of which at least
12 must be at the 300-level or higher. Other
courses in Greek, Latin or classics.
Classical Civilization

9 hours of Greek or Latin at the intermediate level
(200-level) or above

Classics 121 and 122

Other courses in Greek, Latin, Classics, Philosophy
206, Art 201 or other related courses as
approved by the department

Requirements for the Minors

Classical Civilization

Completion of the second year of an ancient

language, including 6 hours at Agnes Scott
Four courses in translation
Greek or Latin
Fifteen hours in the language
Classics 121 (Greek) or Classics 122 (Latin)

Greek

101f. ELEMENTARY

The essentials of grammar.

(4)

102s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Readings from Greek authors, especially New Testament

writers.

Prerequisite: 101 or 2 entrance credits

Literature courses in Greek are offered at the 200 and 300
level. Students in both levels meet at the same time, but
advanced students are required to do more work. Exceptions
to the prerequisites to these courses may be granted by the
department.

211/311f. PLATO (3)

Exemplary pieces of Plato's writing reflecting the
teachings of Socrates and the philosophy of Plato.
Prerequisite for 21 1: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;
for 311:6 hours of 200-level Greek
Offered 1 998-99 and every third year

21 2/31 2s. DRAMA (3)

One or two plays, including discussion of myth, metrics

and production.

Prerequisite for 212: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 312:6 hours of 200devel Greek

Offered 1 998-99 and every third year

21 5/31 5f. HOMER (3)

Iliad or Odyssey. The first heroes of Western literature in

the first pieces of ancient writing.

Prerequisite for 215: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 315: 6 hours of 200-level Greek

Offered 1 999-2000 and every third year

62

Agnes Scott College

Classical Languages and Literatures

21 6/31 6s. HERODOTUS (3)

"The Father of History," his methods, style and favorite

themes.

Prerequisite for 216: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 316: 6 hours of 200-level Greek

Offered 1 999-2000 and every third year

21 7/31 7f. HESIOD AND THE LYRIC POETS (3)

Selected poetry representing the vigor and creativity of

the Archaic Age of Greece.

Prerequisite for 217: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 317:6 hours of 200'level Greek

Offered 1997-98 and every third year

21 8/31 8s. COMEDY (3)

One or two plays of Aristophanes with consideration of

the political climate of his time.

Prerequisite for 218: Greek 102 or 3 entrance credits;

for 3 18: 6 hours of 200-level Greek

Offered 1997-98 and every third year

221L/321Lf. (Classics 121L) (History 121L) HISTORY
OF GREEK CIVILIZATION, GREEK COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 22 IL for description.

231L/331LS. (Classics 331 L) (Anthropology 331 L)
(Latin 231 L) (Latin 331 L) MYTHOLOGICAL
PATTERNS AND THEMES, GREEK AND LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 33 IL for description.

241L/341LS. (Classics 341 L) (Sociology 341 L)
(Women's Studies 341 L) (Latin 241 L) (Latin 341 L)
WIVES, WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS,
GREEK AND LATIN COMPONENT (1 )

See Classics 34 IL for description.

350f ,s. ADVANCED READING COURSES (1 -5)

Selections from Greek prose and poetry not covered in

other courses, chosen to meet the needs of individual

students.

Prerequisite: 6 hours of 200-level Greek and permission

of the department

360s. GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION (2)

Prerequisite: 6 hours of 200-level Greek and permission
of the department

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Latin

lOlf. ELEMENTARY

Fundamentals of Latin grammar.

(4)

102s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Readings from Latin authors, with emphasis on the love

poetry of Catullus.

Prerequisite: 101 or 2 entrance credits

201 f. INTERMEDIATE (3)

Review of Latin grammar with readings from Cicero and

other Latin authors.

Prerequisite: 102 or 3 entrance credits

202s. VERGIL'S AENEID l-VI (3)

Prerequisite: 201

This course can be used to satisfy either the Specific Standard
of the intermediate level of a Foreign Language or the
Distributional Standard of Literature , but not both.

222L/322Lf. (Classics 222L) (History 222L) HISTORY
OF ROMAN CIVILIZATION, LATIN COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 222L for description.

231L/331LS. (Classics 331 L) (Anthropology 331 L)
(Greek 231 L) (Greek 331 L) MYTHOLOGICAL
PATTERNS AND THEMES, GREEK AND LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 33 IL for description.

241L/341LS. (Classics 341 L) (Sociology 341 L)

(Women's Studies 341 L) (Greek 241 L) (Greek 341 L)
WIVES, WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS,
GREEK AND LATIN COMPONENT (1 )

See Classics 34 IL for description.

Courses in Latin literature at the 300 level may be
repeated for credit if the readings are different.
Exceptions to the prerequisites may be granted by the
department.

301 f. EPIC (3)

Vergil's Aeneid VU-XU or sections from Metamorphoses of

Ovid will be used as examples of Roman adaptations of

Greek epic.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1 998-99 and every third year

302s. COMEDY (3)

Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, two of the eatliest
Latin writers and the best representatives of New
Comedy.

J 997- 1999 Catalog

63

Classical Languages and Literatures

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1 998-99 and every third year

311f. DIDACTIC POETRY (3)

Selections from Lucretius' De Rerum Natura or Vergil's

Georgics , poems that teach people how to live in

harmony with nature.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits

Offered 1999-2000 and every third year

312s. HISTORICAL WRITING (3)

Examinations of the assumptions of Latin historiography
with readings from Caesar, Sallust, Livy or Tacitus.
Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1999-2000 and every third year

321 f. SATIRE (3)

The genre of satire, Rome's own creation, through
readings in the Latin satirists, principally Horace,
Martial, Juvenal or Petronius.
Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits
Offered 1 997-98 and every third year

322s. LYRIC POETRY (3)

Personal and intimate poetry of Horace in the Odes and

the elegiac poets.

Prerequisite: 202 or 4 entrance credits

Offered J 997-98 and every third year

350f,s. ADVANCED READING COURSE (1-5)

Selections from Latin prose and poetry, not covered in

other courses, chosen to meet the needs of individual

students.

Prerequisite: 202 and permission of the department

360f. LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION (2)

Prerequisite: 202 and permission of the department

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision ot
a memher ot the department.

Classical Courses in English

121f. (History 121) HISTORY OF GREEK

CIVILIZATION (3)

The literature, people and philosophy of Ancient Greece
from the Bronze Age to Hellenistic times, including the
basic outline of historical events and methods for
understanding history and culture.
Offered J 997-98 and akemate years

122f. (History 122) HISTORY OF ROMAN

CIVILIZATION (3)

The development ot Roman institutions from the
Etruscan period through Constantine's adoption of
Christianity. The use of evidence from literature, art and
archaeology in constructing Roman social history.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

221 Lf (History 221 L) (Greek 221Ly321L). HISTORY OF
GREEK CIVILIZATION, GREEK COMPONENT (1 )

Reading in Greek of texts from the Homeric Age to
Hellenistic times.

Corequisite: Classics 121 (History 121)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Greek
221L, Greek 101-102 or equivalent; for Greek 321L, one
year of 200-level Greek)

222L (History 222L) (Latin 222U322L) HISTORY OF
ROMAN CIVILIZATION, LATIN COMPONENT (1)

Reading in Latin of texts from the Roman Republic
through Constantine's Adoption of Christianity.
Corequisite: Classics 122 (History 122)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Latin
222L, Latin 101-102 or equivalent, for Latin 322L, one
year of 200-level Latin)

242f. (Art 201) GREEK AND ROMAN ART

See Art 201 for description.

(3)

331s. (Anthropology 331)MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS
AND THEMES (3)

Comparison of themes in Greek, Near Eastern, African
and Amerindian myths. Modem literary and psychologi-
cal approaches to mythological configurations, such as
creation myths, divine archetypes, the trickster and the
hero cycle.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

331 Ls. (Anthropology 331 L) (Greek 231U331L) (Latin
231L/331L). MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS AND
THEMES, GREEK AND LATIN COMPONENT (1)

Reading myths in Greek and Latin texts.
Corequisite: Classics 331 (Anthropology 331)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Greek or
Latin 23 IL, Greek or Latin 101-102 or equivalent; for
Greek or Latin 33 IL, one year of 200-level Greek or
Latin)

341s. (Sociology 341) (Women's Studies 341) WIVES,
WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS (3)

Methods for understanding Greek and Roman lives and
thought in military, domestic, political, religious,
economic and similar activities. Their relation with the
rest of the Mediterrean. Evidence from drama, historical
writing, philosophy and archaeology for understanding

64

Agnes Scott College

Classical Languages and Literatures, Economics

the cultural basis for concepts like citizenship, honor,
individualism and community.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

341 Ls. (Sociology 341 L) (Women's Studies 341 L)
(Greek 241 L/341 L) (Latin 241 L/341 L) WIVES,
WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS, GREEK AND
LATIN COMPONENT (1)

Reading of texts in Greek or Latin relevant to study ot

family and political structures in the ancient Greek and

Roman world.

Corequisite: Classics 341 (Sociology 341) (Women's

Studies 341)

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor (for Greek or

Latin 24 IL, Greek or Latin 101-102 or equivalent; for

Greek or Latin 34 IL, one year of 200-level Greek or

Latin)

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Directed study to meet the individual needs of students
whose major is Classical Languages and Literatures or
Classical Civilization.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member ot the department.

Economics

Professors: Edmund J. Sheehey

Rosemary T. Cunningham
Assistant Professor: Richard W. Martin

Unemployment, inflation and poverty are
among the most important social issues facing
society. The economics curriculum attempts
to help students understand the basic theories that
explain such problems and the various ways in which
they might be alleviated. Economics studies the ways
in which individuals, groups and nations combine
scarce resources to pioduce, exchange and consume
goods and services.

The department offers courses in economic theory,
as well as a variety of electives, including interna-
tional, monetary and financial economics. The
department also offers business courses appropriate to
the College's liberal arts curriculum that are open to
J997-J999Cata(og

all interested students. In addition to a traditional
economics major, students interested in a career in
business may pursue a major in Economics and
Business, while those who plan graduate study in
Economics may pursue the Mathematics-Economics
major.

Requirements for the Majors

Economics:

Economics 104, 105, 306, 307

Six courses from the following: Economics 303, 309,

315, 334, 338, 350, 351, 360, 400, 410, 490
One course in statistics (Mathematics 115, 328 or

Psychology 206)
A major in economics requires a minimum of 30

hours in Economics and one course in statistics.
200 is not counted toward the minimum hours for

the major.
Economics and Business:
Economics 104, 105, 211, 306, 307
At least three courses from the following:

Economics210, 212, 213, 217
Four additional courses from the department
One course in statistics (Mathematics 1 15, 328 or

Psychology 206)
A major in Economics and Business requires a

minimum of 36 hours in Economics and one

course in statistics.
200 is not counted toward the minimum hours for

the major.

Requirements for the iVIinors

Economics:

Economics 104, 105 and either 306 or 307
Three of the following courses: 303, 306 or 307 (if

not taken as a required course), 309, 315, 334,

338,350,351,360,400
200 is not counted toward the minimum hours for

the minor.
Economics and Business:
Economics 104, 105 and either 306 or 307
Three of the following courses: 210, 211, 212, 213,

217
One other course offered by the department not

already taken as a required course

65

Economics

200 is not counted toward the minimum hours for
the minor.

104f,s. INTRODUCTORY MACROECONOMICS (3)

Causes of unemployment, inflation and economic
growth, including the role of government fiscal and
monetary policy.

105f,s. INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS (3)

Emphasis on the operation of a market economy.

104 and 105 satisfy the Distributional Standard in the Social

Sciences .

200s. ECONOMICS OF RACE, CLASS, and GENDER (3)

Survey of the economic theories and empirical evidence

on race, class and gender as determinants of economic

outcomes.

Will satisfy the Distributional Standard in the Social Sciences.

21 Of. INVESTMENTS (3)

The importance of financial investments to the

economy. The structure of different markets and the

theories behind the pricing of certain assets explored.

Students manage a hypothetical portfolio for the

duration of the semester.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in the Social

Sciences

21 If. ACCOUNTING I (3)

Introduction to the principles of accounting theory and

the application of these principles in business and

government.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences

212s. ACCOUNTING II

A continuation of 2 1 1 .
Prerequisite: 211

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences

(3)

213s. MARKETING (3)

Planning organizing and controlling the marketing
function in a corporate setting.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

21 7f. THEORIES OF MANAGEMENT AND

ORGANIZATION (3)

Change and development in and the management of
complex organizations.

Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Social Sciences
Offered J 998-99 and alternate years

303f. LABOR ECONOMICS (3)

Labor-management relations, the labor movement, the

66

laws and public policies governing labor and their

economic impact in terms of wages, prices and national

income.

Prerequisite: 104 or permission of the instructor

306s. MICROECONOMICS (3)

Advanced study of the operation of markets with
emphasis on consumer demand theory, theory of the
firm, differing market structures and the pricing and
employment of inputs. General equilibrium and the role
of the government in markets are discussed.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

307f. MACROECONOMICS (3)

General model is developed to analyze theories of
inflation and unemployment. Evaluation of theoretical
bases for different monetary and fiscal policies.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

309s. MONEY AND BANKING (3)

Evolution of the banking system and related issues of

public policy. Analysis of monetary factors and their

impact on economic activity.

Prerequisite: 104

Prerequisite or corequisite: 105

31 5f. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 315) COMPARATIVE

PUBLIC POLICY (3)

Examination of the role of government in the different
types of economic systems with an emphasis on a
comparative study of public policy.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

334s. (POLITICAL SCIENCE 334) ECONOMIC

DEVELOPMENT (3)

Historical patterns and contemporary theories of

economic development are used to clarify major issues

such as the distribution of income, stabilization policy

and problems of trade and finance.

Prerequisite: 104, 105

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

338f. ECONOMIC FORECASTING (3)

Study of sampling, statistical significance, correlation
and regression analysis with emphasis placed on their
application to economic problems.
Prerequisite: 104, 105; a course in statistics or permis-
sion of the instructor

340s. URBAN ECONOMICS (3)

Analysis of urban form and problems. Topics include
central place theories, urban growth, land use and land
rents, housing markets, urban poverty, transportation and
local government.
Prerequisite: 105 or permission of the instructor

Agnes Scott College

Economics, Education

350s. INTERNATIONAL TRADE (3)

Gains from trade and the theory and policy of trade
protection. The economics of the multinational
corporation.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

351f. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (3)

Analysis ot foreign exchange markets and the balance of
payments. Discussion of various mechanisms and policies
by which nations achieve equilibrium in the balance of
payments.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

360s. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF

LATIN AMERICA (3)

Problems ot economic development in Latin America

emphasizing their historical roots and theories that

attempt to explain them. Selected policy issues discussed

in relation to a particular country.

Prerequisite: 104 or 105

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

400f. SENIOR ECONOMIC SEMINAR (3)

Overview of research methods and analysis of a set of
current economic policy issues, with emphasis on the
completion of a student-designed research project. Open
only to senior majors and minors in economics and in
economics and business or by permission of the depart-
ment chair.
Prerequisite: 104, 105

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Supervised intensive study in a special field of
economics.

(2-4)

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member ot the department.

Education

Professor: Myrtle H. Lewin
Assistant Professors:

Ruth S. Bettandorff, Associate Dean of the College
Julie A. Weisberg, Director of Teacher Education
Programs
Jane West
Instructor: Cue P. Hudson, Dean of Students

The mission of the Department of Education is
to prepare teachers to be facilitators of learning
in increasingly complex schools. The qualities
of mind and character fostered by a liberal education
are essential characteristics of excellent teachers.
These qualities, built on a foundation of disciplinary
understanding, include autonomy, reflectiveness,
curiosity and caring: in a word, wholeheartedness.
Through our program, we seek to engage students in
connected teaching and learning experiences that
enhance these qualities and integrate them with
specific understandings about the cultural, technologi-
cal and social complexities of schools. We are commit-
ted to creating a community of scholarly inquiry
within which students begin to explore their potential
and shape their own futures as teachers and lifelong
learners.

The teacher education program is based on the
beliefs that the primary purposes of schooling are the
cultivation of thought and the development of a
humane perspective. These outcomes enhance an
individual's productive participation in creating a just
society. Our goal is to embody these beliefs in our
curriculum, which encompasses interpersonal relation-
ships, teaching and learning processes and program
structures and content. Our hope is that through their
participation in this learning community our students
will be prepared to create such communities in their
own classrooms.

The Department offers teacher certification
programs in Early Childhood Education (grades P-5),
Secondary Education (7-12), Foreign Language
Education (P-12) and Music Education (P-12).
Completion of one of these programs leads to initial
certification in Georgia, as well as in states with which
Georgia has reciprocal certification agreements.
Teacher education at Agnes Scott is a college-wide
enterprise; students major in a discipline other than
education.

As early as possible in her college career, a student
interested in teaching should contact the Director of
Teacher Education Programs for help in planning her
program to meet certification requirements.

1997-1999 Catalog

67

Education

The Professional Semester (Student Teaching):

Upon completion oi all prerequisites and upon the
recommendation of the Teacher Education Advisory
Group (TEAG), students are admitted to student
teaching. Candidates for student teaching must apply
to the TEAG during the spring semester of the year
preceding student teaching. Applications are available
trom the Director of Teacher Education Programs.
Candidates must fulfill the following minimum
requirements in order to be considered for admission
to student teaching:

Cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher;

Grade point average in major of 2.5 or higher;

No grade below C (no pass/fail) in a course
required tor certification (for Secondary, Foreign
Language and Music this includes courses required for
the major);

Appropriate faculty recommendations, including
the recommendation of the student's major depart-
ment; and

Demonstrated interpersonal behavior necessary
for effective teaching.

A passing score (as defined by the Georgia
Professional Standards Commission) on a test of
minimum competency in reading, writing and
mathemetics. (This requirement may be satisfied by an
acceptable score on PRAXIS I, SAT or GRE.)

Post'Graduation Option: Agnes Scott students
pursuing certification m any of the approved fields
who have been admitted to a Teacher Education
Program before graduation may defer completion of
the requirements for certification until after graduation.

Early Childhood (P-5)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, prior to the junior year
Completion of any major offered by the College
Education 200, 210, 211, 212, 213, 304, 305, 306,

307. 308, 380, 420, 440
Education 217 recommended
Completion of courses designated as special fields for
the elementary teacher:
1. One course in laboratory science (biology
recommended)

2. One course in mathematics (101, 117 or 118)
Additionally, Mathematics 104 recommended

3. One course in American history

4. One course in political science, economics or
sociology

Middle Grades (4-8)

The Middle Grades (4-8) certification program
will be eliminated effective with the class of 1999.

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, prior to the junior year
Completion of any major defined by the College
Education 200, 210, 211, 212, 304, 305, 306, 307,

308, 380, 460, 440
Education 217 recommended
Completion of a primary and secondary area of
concentration. The primary area must contain a
minimum of 17 semester hours. The secondary
area of concentration must contain a minimum of
13 semester hours.
The primary areas are;

1. Language Arts. Concentration must include
English 101 and 102.

2. Science. Concentration must include coverage
in at least three of the following areas; physics,
biology chemistry earth science, space science
(Education 308 may satisfy one of the areas.)

3. Social Studies. Concentration must include
History 108 or 109.

4. Mathematics. Concentration must include
Mathematics 118, 150,314.

The secondary areas are language arts, science,
social studies, mathematics, art and music.

Secondary

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, prior to the junior year

Completion of a major in one of the fields approved for

certification: biology chemistry economics, English,

history mathematics, political science
Education 200, 210, 311, 312, 380, 430, 440
Recommended; Education 217

68

Agnes Scott College

Education

Additional requirements:

English majors: Education 21 1 , and a course in tlie

teaching of reading
Mathematics majors; Mathematics 150, 314

Music Education Program (P-1 2)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year

Completion of a major in music

Education 200, 210, 212, 380, 425, 440

Music 205, 311

Three additional courses in elementary methods,
secondary methods and choral methods and
materials to be completed under the cross-
registration program.

Recommended: Education 217

Additional requirements:

Four years of participation in an ensemble most
appropriate to the student's major instrument

A minimum of two years of participation in a vocal
ensemble

At least one ensemble experience in an area that
makes use of a secondary performance medium

Foreign Language Education (P-1 2)

Certification Requirements

Psychology 121, preferably prior to the junior year

Completion of a major in one of the foreign languages
approved for certification: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Spanish

Education 200, 210, 311, 312, 380, 440, 445

Recommended: Education 217

A foreign language methods course at the elementary
level, to be completed under the cross-registration
program. A secondary level foreign language
methods course completed under the cross-
registration program may be substituted for
Education 312.

Additional requirements:
For modern foreign language majors, a course in
the culture and civilization of the country whose
language is being studied.

Post-Baccalaureate Students
Seelcing Certification

The Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certification
Program (PBTC) is a non-degree program offering
courses leading to certification in secondary history,
biology, chemistry, or mathematics for college
graduates who have completed an appropriate
major hut have not completed a teacher education
program. Post-baccalaureate certification in
secondary English is offered only through enroll-
ment in the MAT Secondary English Program with
the exception of Agnes Scott students completing
English certification after graduation.
Criteria for admission:

2.75 undergraduate GPA

An undergraduate major in certification field
sought

Official transcripts of all prior college work

Three recommendations (with focus on
individual's fitness for teaching)

An introductory psychology course

Grades of C or better in all courses required for
certification (in major and in psychology)

Required courses: (minimum of 24 semester
hours; no transfer credit accepted)

EDU 210 Understanding Learners (4)

EDU 31 1 Learners in the Secondary School (2)

EDU 312 Teaching and Learning in the Secondary

School (3)
EDU 430 Student Teaching, Secondary (10)
EDU 440 American Education (2)
A minimum of one 300- or 400-level course in the

discipline (more than one may be required,

depending on the student's prior preparation and

on certification standards)
Other required courses: (comparable transfer
credit up to 6 semester hours will be accepted)
EDU 380 or 580 Children and Youth with Special

Needs (3)
EDU 200 Human Life Span Developmental

Psychology (3) or EDU 601 Educational

Psychology (3)

200f. (PSYCHOLOGY 200) HUMAN LIFE SPAN

1997-1999 Catalog

69

Education

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

See Psycholog\- 200 for description.
Prerequisite: Psychology' 121

(3)

21 Of. UNDERSTANDING LEARNERS (4)

Investigation ot how learners learn, contexts of learning,
classroom research methods, and learning-centered
curiculum development.

211f. EXPLORING CHILDREN'S/ADOLESCENTS'

LITERATURE (2)

Study of major authors and illustrators and notable books
for young people; development of criteria for selecting
quality children's literature.

21 2f . THE ARTS IN EDUCATION (2)

Exploration of the role of the arts in education; ap-
proaches to integrating the arts throughout the curricu-
lum.

21 3f. TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (2)

Methods, materials and techniques used in teaching
physical education in the elementary school.

21 7f . (Sociology 21 7) SCHOOLS AND SOCIETY (3)

See Sociology 217 for description.

Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or Anthropology 101

304f. LANGUAGE AND LITERACY I (3)

Introduction to language and literacy acquisition and
development with a focus on the role of language in an
integrated curriculum. Includes field experience.
Prerequisite: 210, 211
Corequisite: 306

305s. LANGUAGE AND LITERACY II (3)

Further development of themes introduced in Language
and Literacy I in an interdisciplinary context. Includes
field experience.
Prerequisite: 210, 211,304
Corequisite: 308

306f. EXPLORING SOCIAL STUDIES WITH

CHILDREN (3)

Examination of social studies processes and content in an
interdisciplinary context. Includes field experience.
Prerequisite: 210
Corequisite: 304

307s. EXPLORING MATHEMATICAL IDEAS WITH
CHILDREN (3)

Using manipulatives to teach analytic and quantitative
skills and to develop abstract reasoning. Includes field
experience.

70

Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or 117 or 118. Math-
ematics 117 or 1 18 recommended.

308s. EXPLORING THE NATURAL WORLD WITH
CHILDREN (3)

Examination of science processes and content in an
interdisciplinary context. Includes field experience.
Prerequisite: 210, one lab science course
Corequisite: 305

311f. LEARNERS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2)

Field-based exploration of secondary and middle-level
education, with a focus on examining schools and
classrooms as social systems.
Prerequisite: 210, junior or senior standing
Corequisite: 312

31 2f. TEACHING AND LEARNING IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL (3)

Philosophical foundations for secondary curriculum
development and implementation. Exploration of
learning-centered approaches to teaching.
Prerequisite: 210, junior or senior standing
Corequisite: 311

380f. CHILDREN AND YOUTH WITH

SPECIAL NEEDS (3)

Major areas ot exceptionality, including identification
and teaching of children with such exceptionalities.
Includes field experience.

Prerequisite: Psychology 121. Psychology 200 recom-
mended.

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in a selected field of education.
Prerequisite: Permission of the department

420s. STUDENT TEACHING, EARLY

CHILDHOOD (10)

Includes full-time professional experience and weekly

seminar.

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education Program

Corequisite: 440

425s. STUDENT TEACHING, MUSIC (10)

Includes full-time professional experience and weekly

seminar.

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education Program

Corequisite: 440

430s. STUDENT TEACHING, SECONDARY (10)

Includes full-time professional experience and weekly

seminar.

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education Program

Corequisite: 440

Agnes Scott College

Education, English

440s. AMERICAN EDUCATION (2)

Exploration of schooling in the United States and
current issues in education. Topics vary.
Prequisite: junior or senior standing

(10)

445s. STUDENT TEACHING, FOREIGN LANGUAGE

(

Includes full-time professional experience and weekly

seminar.

Prerequisite: Admission to the Teacher Education

Program

Corequisite: 440

460s. STUDENT TEACHING, MIDDLE GRADES (10)

Includes full-time professional experience and weekly

seminar.

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education Program

Corequisite: 440

English

Professors:

Bona W. Ball
Linda L. Hubert
Patricia G. Pinka
Associate Professors:

Christopher Ames
Christine S. Cozzens
Steven R. Guthrie
Peggy Thompson
Assistant Professor: Willie TolUver

The curriculum in English is constructed to give
the studeiit a breadth of knowledge and a
depth of understanding of English and
American literature. It also provides her with the
opportunity to learn to read literature with perception
and delight, to write about it critically and
imaginatively and to develop her abilities as a creative
writer. EnglishlOl/102 are service courses for the
College in which a student sharpens her writing skills
and improves her critical and analytical reading.

A student majoring in English is required to take
work in five of six areas: medieval literature and
linguistic studies, sixteenth-century English literature,

seventeenth- or eighteenth-century English literature,
nineteenth-century English literature, twentieth-
century literature and American literature. She has a
choice of courses within each area.

In addition to the basic English major, the depart-
ment offers an interdisciplinary major in English
Literature-Creative Writing.

With the approval of the department, a student
may plan a program of concentrated study in which
she emphasizes her major interests in literature and
chooses complementary courses from other disciplines.
For example, she may plan a program in medieval
studies. Renaissance studies or American studies.

The department provides the opportunity for its
majors to study at British universities in the junior
year and to participate in internships in the senior
year.

The Centers for Writing and Speaking

At the Centers for Writing and Speaking, trained
student tutors and the workshop director, a faculty
member, assist students working on papers or other
writing assignments for courses and on oral presenta-
tions (see p. 9).

English

Requirements for the Major

English 101/102 or 103/104 are not included in
the minimum of 30 hours taken for the major.
One of the following (or equivalent):

211, 212, 213, 214. (The department urges students

considering a major in English to elect a year-long

survey of British or American literature in the

sophomore year.)
English 480 and at least one course from five of
the six areas:

306, 308. 309

313,314,315,316

318,319,328,329

321,322,338

331,332,333,334,335,339

320, 323, 336
Six hours in creative writing or advanced composition
may be counted towards the major hours.

1997-1999 Catalog

71

English

English Literature-
Creative Writing

One of the following (or equivalent):

211, 212, 213.214
Literature courses required:

One course each from five of the six 300-level areas
listed above (i.e., in the requirements for the English
major)

Creative Writing courses required:
Four of the following (with at least two above the
200 level): 201, 202, 203, 340, 341, 342, 344, 415,
490

Course recommended for the major: 480

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in English must contain at least 18 hours
excluding credits received for English 101-102 or 103-
104. The student may design her own program to
reflect a particular interest or emphasis, such as a
focus on a genre or literary period. The program must
have the approval of the chair of the Department of
English.

English 101 and 102 are the basic courses for all
other work in the department, except for students
admitted to English 103 and 104- A student is admitted
to English 1 03 and 1 04 by the chair of the department
on the basis of the CEEB verbal score and secondary
school record.

101f. LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION (3)

Combines the writing of analytic, expository and
research papers with the close, critical reading and
discussion of literature by authors of diverse cultural
backgrounds. Works studied include short stories, novels,
drama, poetry, nonfiction essays and film. Provides
orientation to library and computer facilities. Frequent
individual conferences.

1 01 Lf ; 1 02Ls. WRITING LABORATORY (0)

The Writing Laboratory' (usually taken in conjunction
with English 101 and 102) develops skills that provide a
foundation for all written course work at Agnes Scott.
The course familiarizes students with the writing process
through reading, writing, discussions, word processing
exercises and conferences. Enrollment in the lab is
limited and is determined by the Department of English.

102s. LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION

Continuation of 101.
Prerequisite: 101

(3)

1 03f. HONORS LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION (3)

Approaches to literary texts designed for the student
with special talent and interest in English. Writing of
critical and imaginative papers on literature and film.
Provides orientation to library and computer facilities.
Frequent individual conferences.

1 04s. HONORS LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION (3)

Continuation of 103.
Prerequisite: 103

21 Os. ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3)

Expository writing for the student who wishes to develop
and refine her use of language and her understanding of
the writing process. Includes an introduction to theories
of teaching writing.

Literature

English 211, 212, 213, 214 or 216 is a prerequisite
to the other courses in literature unless a student has
received advanced placement credit in literature or
unless she has been exempted from taking 200'level
courses upon recommendation of her instructor in
English 10M02 or 103-104.

21 1 f . MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS, c. 1 350 to 1 674 (3)

Major literary texts in historical context and sequence.
Writers include Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne
and Milton.

212s. MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS, 1674 TO THE

PRESENT (3)

Continuation of English 211. Writers will be chosen
from a group including Swift, Pope, Austen,
Wordsworth, Keats, Tennyson, Browning, Yeats
and Eliot.

21 3/331 f . EARLY AMERICAN WRITERS (3)

American writers from the colonial beginnings to the
American Renaissance. Texts considered in historical,
social and intellectual context. Writers include
Bradstreet, Wheatly, Irving, Poe, Emerson, Hawthorne
and others.

Students in 213 and 331 attend classes together most of
the term, but advanced students are expected to do work
of greater sophistication and difficulty. Special focus on
Melville in 331.

72

Agnes Scott College

English

214s. MODERN AMERICAN WRITERS (3)

American literature from the second halt of the nine-
teenth century to the present. Selected readings from
such diverse writers as Dickinson, Twain, James, Gather,
Hurston, Baldwin, Roth and others.

216s. (Women's Studies 216) TOPICS ON WOMEN
AND LITERATURE (3)

Thematic or generic studies of works authored by
women; focus on the role of women in works by male
and female writers; special attention to a selected woman
writer or group of writers; and/or feminist approaches to
the study of literature.

230s. INTRODUCTION TO FILM STUDY (3)

An approach to film from a variety ot perspectives:
historical study, formal and technical analysis ot classic
Hollywood cinema, attention to specific directors and
genres and feminist critique of film.
Does not satisfy distributional standard in literature

306f. CHAUCER (3)

The Canterbury Tales and selected pre-Canterbury works.

308s. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3)

The origins and development of the language, from
Anglo-Saxon to modem English.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

309s. DANTE (3)

The Divme Comedy in translation.

Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

Does not satisfy distributional standard in literature

313s. SHAKESPEARE (3)

The comedies and histories.

31 4f. SHAKESPEARE (3)

The tragedies.

315s. MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE DRAMA

(Excluding Shakespeare) (3)

Samples of medieval mystery and morality plays.
Explores the varied developing genre of the Renaissance.
Authors include Kyd, Marlowe, Dekker, Jonson,
Middleton and Webster.

31 6f. SIXTEENTH-CENTURY ENGLISH POETRY (3)

A study of the major poetic theories, forms and works of
Tudor England. Selections from The Faerie Queen^ some
early English sonnets, The Defense of Poesy and the
sonnet sequences of Sidney, Spenser and Shakespeare.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

318f. POETRY AND PROSE

OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY (3)

Emphasis on the writings ot Donne, Jonson, Herbert,
Herrick, Marvell, Bacon and Browne.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

319s. MILTON (3)

Most ot the English poetry and selections from the prose.

320s. MODERN POETRY (3)

Study ot British and American poetry of the twentieth

century, with a tocus on the early modernist period.

Poets studied include Yeats, Eliot, Williams, H.D.,

Marianne Moore, Wallace Stevens and Langston

Hughes.

Offered J 997-98 and alternate years

321f. ENGLISH ROMANTIC POETRY (3)

Primary emphasis upon the poetry of Wordsworth,
Coleridge and Keats, along with selected poems of
Shelley and Byron.

322s. VICTORIAN POETRY (3)

Tennyson, Browning, Arnold and Hopkins.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

323s. MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY DRAMA (3)

A selection of plays by playwrights from Ibsen to the

present, with concern for the relationship between text

and performance.

Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

Does not satisfy distributional standard in literature

328f. RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY
LITERATURE (3)

Emphasis on satire and prose fiction from 1660 to 1800.
Authors chosen from Dryden, Swift, Pope, Fielding,
Richardson, Johnson and Austen, as well as writers who
traditionally have been neglected.

329s. ENGLISH DRAMA FROM DRYDEN TO

SHERIDAN (3)

Ranges over tragedies and comedies written between
1660 and 1800. Dramatists include Dryden, Behn,
Wycherley, Congreve, Centlivre, Goldsmith and
Sheridan. Attention paid to cultural contexts as well as
evolving literary traditions.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

331f. EARLY AMERICAN WRITERS

See English 213 for description.

(3)

1 997- i 999 Gatalog

73

English

332f. REALISM AND NATURALISM IN AMERICAN
LITERATURE (3)

Emphasis on figures writing trom 1880 to 1920,
who express the dominant literary modes of the
time, with attention to their influence on later
writers. Authors include Twain, James, Wharton,
O'Neill, Crane and others.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

333s. TWENTIETH-CENTURY AMERICAN FICTION (3)

Focus on fiction from 1920 to the present, including the
work of such writers as Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Ellison,
Malamud, Oates and others.
Offered 1 997-98 arvi alternate years

334f. SOUTHERN LITERATURE (3)

Readings in the literature of the American South of the

twentieth century with emphasis on such figures as

Ransom, Faulkner, Warren, O'Connor, Welty and

Walker.

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

335s. NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICAN FICTION (3)

Study of such developments as the social protest novel,
women's fiction, the international novel and the novel
of manners in standard and non-traditional works by
Stowe, Alcott, Hawthorne, James, Twain, Adams and
others.

336f. THE MODERN BRITISH NOVEL (3)

Study of twentieth-century novels with an emphasis on
modernist experimentation with novel form. Writers
studied generally include Conrad, Forster, Joyce, Woolf,
Lawrence, Waugh and Beckett.

337s. POSTMODERN FICTION (3)

A study of experimental fiction written in the second
half of the twentieth century. Works studied are drawn
from a variety of cultures.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

338s. THE ENGLISH NOVEL FROM THE

BRONTES TO HARDY (3)

Emphasis on the novels of the 1840s and 1850s along
with those that look toward the twentieth century.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

339f. AFRICAN-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3)

Examination of the major texts within the African-
American literary tradition from the colonial period to
the present, including works by Douglass, DuBois,
Hurston, Wright, Ellison, Morrison and others.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Selected texts to meet the interests of individual
students.

(2-4)

480f. SENIOR COLLOQUIUM (2)

Weekly meetings of faculty and senior English majors to
discuss topics relevant to the study of literature in all
periods. Particular topics are designated each year.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENGLISH OR

AMERICAN LITERATURE (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Creative and

Expository Writing

201s. NARRATIVE WRITING (3)

Principles and forms of narrative writing. Illustrative
readings and frequent writing.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

202f. POETRY WRITING (3)

The craft of poetry, taught through regular written
assignments and readings from such contemporary poets
as Adrienne Rich, Sharon Olds, Rita Dove and Carolyn
Forche.

203f. (Theatre 203) DRAMATIC WRITING

See Theatre 203 tor description.

(3)

205f. WRITING FICTION (3)

Guest-taught workshop in the writing of fiction,
designed to make participants better readers as well as
writers. Focus on providing structure for new projects or
assistance with works-in-progress.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

340f. NONFICTION WORKSHOP (3)

Guidance in writing forms of nonfiction such as the
essay, the journalistic article, technical writing, research
reports, business writing and autobiography. Emphasis on
presentation and discussion of student work, revision,
editing and classroom publishing.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

341 f. WRITING WORKSHOP, FICTION (3)

Intermediate fiction writing. Readings in theory and
practice; the writing and rewriting of a group of stories.
Individual conferences and group sessions.
Prerequisite: 201, 205 or permission of the instructor

74

Agnes Scott College

English, Global Awareness, History

342s. POETRY WORKSHOP (3)

Presentation and discussion of student work, with

additional resources (readings, poetic exercises) as

needed.

Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the instructor

344s. (Theatre 344) DRAMATIC WRITING II (3)

See Theatre 344 for description.

415f,s. (Theatre 415) ADVANCED CREATIVE

WRITING (3)

Individual conferences with emphasis on sustained
creative writing projects in poetry, fiction or drama.
Prerequisite: 340, 341, 342 or 344 and permission ot the
instnictor

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN WRITING (3)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Global Awareness

Agnes Scott College offers an introductory
Global Awareness Program that combines
classwork in the fall and spring semesters with
a January study abroad experience. Students must
apply and be accepted to the program to register for
GA 200. See the description of the Global Awareness
Program (p. 39).

200f. GLOBAL AWARENESS CONCEPTS (1-3)

Concepts and theories of culture, cultural diversity and
cross-cultural communications. Discussion of selected
themes common to the study of cultures. Preparation for
January study-abroad experience. Interdisciplinary
perspectives from the social sciences, natural sciences,
humanities and fine arts. Faculty members include those
leading the study-abroad group.
Prerequisite: 12 hours of Agnes Scott credit
Taken as preparation for 201

201s. GLOBAL AWARENESS

EXPERIENCE (3)

January study-abroad experience with follow-up spring
seminar. Students travel in small groups to a host country
where they experience a new culture, living in local
homes. Emphasis on individual living/learning experi-

ences under supervision of Agnes Scott faculty member.
Spring seminar (one hour per week for 4-6 weeks)
integrates cross-cultural theory and experience. Destina-
tions vary from year to year.
Prerequisite: 200
Special fees required for January travel

History

Professors:

Sarah R. Blanshei, Dean of the College

Michael J. Brown

Mary Brown Bullock, President of the College

Penelope Campbell
Associate Professors:

Michele K. Gillespie

Katharine D. Kennedy
Assistant Professor:

Violet M. Johnson

The central purpose of the history curriculum is
to give students who come from a variety
of cultural traditions an understanding of the
heritage that has been forged for them over many
centuries. By offering courses in both western and
non-western history, it seeks to deepen each student's
appreciation of the achievements and contributions of
people from outside her own cultural tradition.

The study of history provides a perspective from
which standards that happen to be in vogue in our
own day may be seen and judged. By challenging us to
understand people who are very different from us, it
teaches tolerance and open-mindedness. History
students are required to read widely, to think critically
and to strengthen their skills in research and writing.
The historical knowledge they acquire provides a
framework and a context in which insights from other
disciplines art, literature, philosophy, to name just a
few may be placed and considered. In this sense,
history could claim to be one of the foundation
disciplines of a liberal education, bringing coherence
and continuity to information that might otherwise be
fragmented and disjointed.

1997-1999 Catalog

75

History

Members of the History' Department believe that
their courses should be accessible to all students in the
College; accordingly, there are no prerequisites for any
history course below the 400 level.

Requirements for the Major

420

One two-semester survey course selected from:

101 and 102; 108 and 109; 110 and 111; 212 and
213; 250 and 251; 253 and 254
At least eight additional courses, seven of
which must be above the 200 level. These courses
must be selected so as to include at least one
course from each of the following groups:
Early European History: 305, 306, 307, 371, 373
Modern European History: 309, 311, 312, 313, 314,

322
United States History: 325, 326, 327, 330, 331, 332,

334, 335, 338 and 350
Non-Western History: 350, 353, 354, 355, 356, 361,

363
An appropriate course below the 300 level may be

used to satisfy one of these groups.
A major in history requires the completion of at least
30 semester hours of work in history
Cross-listed courses taught outside the depart-
ment may not be used to satisfy the minimum
requirements for the major.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in history must contain at least 21 hours of
work in history, at least twelve of which must be above
the 200 level. The program must reflect a degree of
thoughtful planning and coherence and must have the
approval of the chair of the department.

lOlf. EUROPE FROM CHARLEMAGNE TO

NAPOLEON (3)

Development of western culture through Renaissance
and Reformation, the formation of states, the early
development of science and the age of revolution in
England, America and France.

1 02s. HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE (3)

Industrialization, nationalism, feminism, world war,
communism, Cold War and European integration and

76

their effects on European institutions and society in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

108f. THE UNITED STATES TO 1877 (3)

Survey ot the history of the United States from European
conquest through Reconstruction.

109s. THE UNITED STATES IN MODERN TIMES (3)

Survey ot the history ot the United States since Recon-
struction.

1 1 0f. INTRODUCTION TO THE ASIAN WORLD (3)

Major civilizations on the Asian continent from India to
Japan before the twentieth century.

1 1 1 s. THE ASIAN WORLD IN MODERN TIMES (3)

History and politics of Asian societies and their interac-
tion with the West in the twentieth century.

121f. (Classics 121) HISTORY OF GREEK

CIVILIZATION (3)

See Classics 121 tor description.

122f. (Classics 122) HISTORY OF ROMAN

CIVILIZATION (3)

See Classics 122 for description.

212f. THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND (3)

Social and political development of the English people
from the Anglo-Saxon centuries through the civil wars
of the seventeenth century.

213s. THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND (3)

Experiences of the English people from the reign of King
Charles II to the reign ot Queen Elizabeth II.

221 Lf. (Classics 221 L) (Greek 221 L) (Greek 321 L)
HISTORY OF GREEK CIVILIZATION, GREEK
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 22 IL for description.

222Lf. (Classics 222L) (Latin 222L) (Latin 322L)
HISTORY OF ROMAN CIVILIZATION, LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 222L for description.

250f. AFRICAN SOCIETIES FROM 1500 TO THE

PARTITION (3)

Structures of Sub-Saharan African societies, the
developments leading to the partition of the continent
and the imposition of colonial rule.

251s. AFRICAN SOCIETIES FROM THE COLONIAL
ERA TO THE PRESENT (3)

Changes which followed western domination, African

Agnes Scott College

History

responses to the new structures and the road to indepen-
dence.

253f. AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY TO

EMANCIPATION (3)

Developments which shaped the history of the black
population of the United States through the Civil War.
Topics include African beginnings, the Atlantic slave
trade, the institution of slavery and the slave community
and black activism.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

254s. AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE

EMANCIPATION (3)

Developments which have influenced the history of the
black population of the United States since the Civil
War. Topics include the Great Migration, the Harlem
Renaissance and the Civil Rights Movement.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

305f. MEDIEVAL CIVILIZATION (3)

Emergence ot European cultural traditions, political
institutions and social organization between the decline
of the Roman Empire and the end of the High Middle
Ages.

306s. THE RENAISSANCE (3)

Ci\-ili:ation ot Italy and of Northern Europe from the
time ot Dante to the time of Shakespeare.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

307s. THE REFORMATION (3)

Changes in church, state and society from the time of
Luther to the end of the wars of religion.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

309f. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON (3)

Causes and events of the French Revolution and its
impact upon Europe; the career of Napoleon Bonaparte.

311s. EUROPE IN THE VICTORIAN ERA (3)

Industrialization, nationalism, imperialism, international
affairs, culture, gender and public and private life in
nineteenth-century Europe.
Offered i 998-99 and alternate years

312s. RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION IN THE

TWENTIETH CENTURY (3)

Revolution, ethnicity, reform, stagnation and disintegra-
tion in Russian and Soviet politics, culture, economy and
society from 1905 to the present.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

313f. EUROPE FROM 1914 TO 1945 (3)

World War I, Nazism, the interwar years. World War II

and the Holocaust, with emphasis on ideology, culture
and diplomacy.

314s. (Political Science 314) EUROPE SINCE 1945 (3)

Si)ciety, economy, culture and foreign attairs in Western
and Eastern Europe in the nuclear age.

314LS. (German 31 4L) (Political Science 31 4L)

EUROPE SINCE 1945, GERMAN COMPONENT (1)

See German 314L tor description.
Not offered 1997-98

315Lf. (German 315L) EUROPE 1914-1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

See German 315L for description.
Not o/fered J 997-98.

322f. (Women's Studies 322) WOMEN IN MODERN
EUROPEAN HISTORY (3)

Changing roles ot European women at home, at work, in

public life and in the arts from the Renaissance to the

present.

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

325f. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AND

THE EARLY REPUBLIC (3)

Relationship between economic, social, cultural and
religious change and the great political events of the
American Revolution and nation-building.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

326s. JACKSONIAN AMERICA AND

THE CIVIL WAR ERA (3)

Economic, political and social change in the United
States from the rise of Jacksonian America and the
struggle over slavery through the Civil War.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

327s. HISTORY OF THE SOUTH (3)

Social, cultural, economic and political factors that have
made the South a distinctive part of the U.S. from
English settlement to the present.

330s. (Women's Studies 330) THE HISTORY OF

WOMEN IN AMERICA (3)

Women's roles and contributions from the colonial
period to the present with emphasis on the impact of
industrialization, reform movements and differences
across race, ethnicity, class and region.

331f. RACE, ETHNICITY AND IMMIGRATION IN THE
U.S., 1600-1880 (3)

History of the "old immigration" which was dominated
by groups from western Europe; the relationship between
various ethnic groups; their acculturation; and how they

J 997-] 999 Catalog

77

History

influenced American society.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

332s. RACE, ETHNICITY AND IMMIGRATION IN THE
U.S. SINCE 1885 (3)

History- of the "new immigration"; the changing sources

and composition of immigrants; their social and

economic adjustment; and their contributions to the

increasingly multicultural character of contemporary

America.

Offered 1 998-99 and alterruite years

334f. (Political Science 332) THE UNITED STATES
FROM 1914 TO 1945 (3)

World War I, the New Era of the 1920s, the New Deal

and World War II.

Offered 1 997-98 and altenmte years

335f. (Religious Studies 340) BLACK PROTEST
THOUGHT IN AMERICA FROM SLAVERY TO THE
PRESENT (3)

Political, social and ideological currents which influ-
enced and shaped the Black struggle tor freedom,
citizenship and equality. Ordinarily, students earn 3
hours of credit for this course. Those students fulfilling
the research requirement for the minor in Africana
Studies may elect to take this course for 4 hours.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

338s. (Political Science 340) THE UNITED STATES
SINCE 1945 (3)

Domestic change and international involvements since

World War II.

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

340s. (Political Science 328) U.S.-LATIN
AMERICAN RELATIONS

See Political Science 328 for description.

(3)

350f. THE AFRICAN DIASPORA (3)

History of the dispersal of Africans from the continent to
various regions of the world; the catalysts of dispersal;
the distribution of Africans, especially in the Americas;
and the communities which evolved out of the diaspora.
Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours of credit for this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the
minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course
for 4 hours.

350Lf. (Spanish 350L) THE AFRICAN DIASPORA,
SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See Spanish 3 SOL for description
Offered 1997-98

353s. SOUTH ASIA (3)

History of the Indian Subcontinent from ancient times
to the present, with particular attention to British rule,
the independence movement and contemporary public
issues in Pakistan, India and Bangladesh.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

354$. TOPICS IN AFRICAN AND ASIAN HISTORY (3)

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

355f. TWENTIETH-CENTURY SOUTHEAST ASIA (3)

The cultural heritages ot nations from Burma to the

Philippines. Social, economic and political changes

arising from western colonialism, the world wars, mass

political movements and participation in a global

economy.

Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

356f. THE UNITED STATES AND CHINA (3)

The cultural, political and economic interaction of
Americans and Chinese in the last two centuries, with
particular attention to the post- World War II period.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

361f. EMERGENCE OF JAPAN AS A

WORLD POWER (3)

Political and economic transformation of Japan in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries; the troubled
relationship with the United States.

363s. THE CHINESE REVOLUTION IN THE

TWENTIETH CENTURY (3)

Development of Chinese communism, the establishment
of the People's Republic and the revolutionary remodel-
ing of Chinese society.

371s. ENGLAND UNDER THE TUDORS (3)

History of England from 1485 to 1603 with emphasis on
the break from Rome under Henry VIII and the
beginning ot England's imperial role under Queen
Elizabeth I.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

373s. ENGLAND UNDER THE STUARTS (3)

History of England in the seventeenth century, empha-
sizing the religious, social and political concepts carried
to America by the early colonists.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in some field or period of history.

420f. SENIOR COLLOQUIUM (3)

Reading, writing and discussion on a single theme.

78

Agnes Scott College

Interdisciplinary Courses, International Relations

chosen annually, with the aim of integrating knowledge
from various historical fields. Open only to senior history
majors.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research under the supervision of a member
of the department.

Interdisciplinary
Courses

HUM 280. SEMINAR IN THE HUMANITIES (3)

Weekly seminar focused on a topic that traverses
multiple approaches, historical periods and/or cultures.
Led hy 2-3 faculty from different disciplines in the
humanities. Topic designated each year. Open to
sophomores, juniors and seniors.

INTD 200s. PERSPECTIVES ON DIVERSITY AND

DIFFERENCE (3)

An interdisciplinary approach to learning about cultures
and their interactions, struggles and conflicts. Explora-
tion of issues that revolve around the intersections of
race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender and religion
and the bases of conflict, stratification and group
identities.

International
Relations

Director: Edmund J. Sheehey

International Relations is the study of the relations
among both nations and non-governmental
parties. The comprehension of these relationships
relies upon the perspectives, theories, insights and
methods of a number of different disciplines. This
major draws primarily from the disciplines of econom-
ics, history and political science.

A prospective major should consult the director of

the program in order to develop a course of study with
an appropriate balance among the disciplines of
economics, history and political science. She should
acquire proficiency in a foreign language, especially if
she plans to study abroad. It is also recommended that
a student complete the intermediate level of a second
foreign language.

International Relations majors are strongly encour-
aged to participate in Global Awareness programs and
other programs of study and work abroad.

A qualified International Relations major may
pursue an independent study (490) under the direction
of a faculty member who teaches in the International
Relations program. A student enrolls in Economics
490, History 490 or Political Science 490, depending
on the discipline of the project director.

Requirements for the Major

(Minimum of 33 hours, maximum of 60 hours)
Required Introductory Courses:

Political Science 103
Economics 104 and 105
Required Advanced Course:

Political Science 326
Theory Courses:

Three courses, at least one of which

must be in economics:
Political Science 205, 282, 322; Economics 315,
334, 350, 351; Anthropology 307
Geographic Areas
A student will take three courses from no more than
two different areas. Students are generally encour-
aged to concentrate in one area. No more than one
area course may be at the 100-level.
Europe: History 102, 31 1,312, 313, 314, 322
Asia: History 111, 353, 354 (Asian topics only),

355,356,361,363
Afnca: History 250, 251, 350, 354 (African topics

only)
Latin America: Latin American Studies 107;
Political Science 21 1 , 320, 328, 330, 342;
Economics 360; Anthropology 304
Global Awareness 201 may be counted toward
the appropriate geographic requirement.
Students are encouraged to enroll in the

1997-1999 Catalog

79

International Relations, Latin American Studies, Mathematics

foreign language sections of area courses
whien possible. Hours from tfiese courses will
count toward the major
Language
Three hours of coursework beyond the intermediate
level in a modern foreign language. This does not
count toward the major
Additional course requirement:
In addition to satisfying the requirements listed
above, each student will take at least one additional
course from the lists of theory and area courses
above. Other courses that may satisfy this require-
ment are: Spanish 207 or 208 and German 310.

15 additional hours from among the following (includ-
ing the corresponding language across the
curriculum component of any of these):

Interdisciplinary 200

Political Science: 211, 311, 320, 328, 342

Anthropology: 304

Economics: 360

Spanish: 208, 344, 354

LAS 107f. LATIN AMERICAN SOCIETIES (3)

Interdisciplinary overview ot Latin American societies
today, including the growing presence ot Latinos in the
U.S. Emphasizes both the continuity of the past and
contemporary economic development, politics, cultures,
social movements, music, art and literature.

Latin American
Studies

Director: Rafael Ocasio

The program of Latin American Studies seeks to
give students a broad, integrated knowledge of
Latin American history, society, politics,
economics and culture; to foster understanding of the
richness and diversity of Latin American societies and
peoples; and to encourage the achievement of profi-
ciency in the Spanish language. By so doing, the
program seeks to prepare students for graduate study,
teaching and/or careers in the public and private
sector wherever knowledge of Latin America is
necessary.

The program recommends that minors participate
in cross-cultural experiences, such as Global Aware-
ness or study abroad and pursue fluency in Spanish. A
number of courses in the program have a Spanish
component, in which students further proficiency by
studying the topic through original texts.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of 18 hours is required for the minor.
Required course: Latin American Studies 107

il/iatiiematics

Professor: Myrtle H. Lewin
Associate Professors:

Robert A. Leslie
Lawrence H. Riddle
Assistant Professor: Olga Yiparaki

The curriculum in mathematics is designed to
help students think clearly and logically; to
analyze problems; to understand and be able to
use the language, theory and techniques of mathemat-
ics; and to develop skills and acquire mathematical
tools needed in the application of mathematics. The
courses offered give mathematics majors a solid
background for graduate study, teaching at the
secondary school level and professional employment.

A student interested in mathematics and either
physics or economics is invited to consider a math-
ematics-physics or mathematics-economics major.

Requirements for the Major

118, 119,204,206,220,321,480

At least three additional 300-level courses selected

from at least two of the following groups:
331,352
304,314,315

80

Agnes Scott College

Mathematics

309, 312, 325, 328

The minimum number of hours required to fulfill a
major in Mathematics is 35.

Requirements for the Minor

The mathematics minor is designed for those students
who wish to study mathematics significantly beyond
the introductory level and focus on an area of special
interest without accomplishing a major. A student
planning a minor in mathematics is required to consult
with the department to ensure the coherence and
relevance of the program of study planned.
Mathematics 118, 119
At least one course from 204, 206 or 220
At least three additional courses at the 200 or 300
level, one of which must be at the 300 level

101f,s. FINITE MATHEMATICS (3)

Topics appropriate to the social and management
sciences. The topics are selected from set theory, logic,
matrix algebra, linear programming, mathematical
models and financial mathematics.

104s. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL

THOUGHT (3)

Introduction to some of the major themes and ideas in
mathematics, methods used in their applications and
their historical context.

115s. ELEMENTARY STATISTICS (3)

Statistical measures and distributions, probability and its
application to statistical inference, linear correlation,
hypothesis testing, confidence intervals and applications
in the natural and social sciences.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Mathematics

1 1 7f ,s. FUNCTIONS AND MODELING (4)

Polynomials, rational, exponential, logarithm and
trigonometric functions in the natural and social
sciences, with emphasis on their numerical, graphical,
and algebraic properties and their applications and use in
modeling real-world situations.

118f,s. CALCULUS I (4)

Introduction to differentiation and integration of the
standard functions of mathematics, with applications.

119f,s. CALCULUS II (4)

Continuation of 118, to include topics chosen from the
integral and its applications, techniques of integration,
improper integrals and indeterminate forms.
Prerequisite: 1 18

1997-1999 Catalog

150f. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER

PROGRAMMING (3)

An introduction to computers, principles of problem
solving in a structured programming environment,
programming techniques and applications.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Mathematics

201 f. TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS (3)

A semester study ot a topic chosen from such areas as
dynamical systems and chaos, fractal geometry,
cyptology, game theory, graph theory or combinations.
Possibility for interdisciplinary topics. May be repeated
for credit when topics change.
Prerequisite: 1 18 or permission of the instructor

204f. THE ART OF MATHEMATICAL THINKING (3)

Topics from areas such as puzzles, discrete mathematics,
number theory, modular arithmetic and enumeration will
be used to introduce students to a serious study of the
role of proof, of mathematical writing and grammar, and
abstraction and critical thinking.
Prerequisite: 119 or permission ot the instructor

206s. LINEAR ALGEBRA (4)

Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices and
determinants, with applications to systems of linear
equations, geometry and other selected topics.
Prerequisite: 119

220s. MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS (4)

The geometry of curves and surfaces and the calculus ot
functions of two or more variables, including partial
differentiation, multiple integrals and vector analysis.
Prerequisite: 1 19

250s. INTERMEDIATE COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (3)

Design of well-structured algorithms and their imple-
mentation in Pascal, modular programming techniques,
the effective use of the fundamental data structures
including records and files and an introduction to
dynamic data structures.
Prerequisite: 150 or permission of the instructor

304s. MATHEMATICAL LOGIC (3)

Addresses such issues as whether we can always prove
that a precise mathematical statement, such as "1 + 1=2"
or "3-1 = 17", is true or false. Discusses the difference
between truth, validity and provability and introduces
Godel's Incompleteness Theorem, one ot the most
important mathematical results of the 20th century-.
Prerequisite: 204; one other 300-level course or
permission ot the instructor
Offered 1 998-99 aiid alterriate years

81

Mathematics, Mathematics-Economics

309f. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (4)

First and second order differential equations, higher
order, linear ordinary' differential equations, existence
and uniqueness theorems and applications.
Prerequisite: 206 or 220
Offered 1 997-98 and alteniate years

312s. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (4)

Numerical methods in mathematics including numerical

solutions of equations, linear and nonlinear systems ot

equations, numerical differentiation and integration and

cun.'e fitting.

Prerequisite: 206 or 220

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

314f. MODERN GEOMETRIES (4)

Affme, projective and Euclidean geometries and their
postulational development.
Prerequisite: 220 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

315s. TOPOLOGY (4)

Topological and metric spaces, continuity, compactness
and connectedness, with special emphasis on the
topology of R".
Prerequisite: 204 and 220
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

321 f. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA (4)

Important algebraic structures, including groups, rings,

integral domains and tields.

Prerequisite: 204; 206 or permission of the instructor

325f. MATHEMATICAL MODELS AND

APPLICATIONS (4)

Development of techniques of model building.
Applications to illustrate the techniques are drawn
principally from the natural and social sciences.
Prerequisite: 206 or 220
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

328s. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS AND

PROBABILITY (4)

Basic statistical methods in the classical theory of
inferential statistics, probability theory, estimation,
hypothesis testing and applications.
Prerequisite: 206 or 220
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

331s. REAL ANALYSIS (4)

The topology of the real number system and the axiom of
completeness. Rigorous development of some central
ideas in analysis, including limits, continuity of functions
and convergence of sequences and series.
Prerequisite: 204

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

352f. COMPLEX ANALYSIS (4)

The algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions,

elementary functions, linear fractional transformations,

mappings, integrals, power series, Laurent series and

residue calculus.

Prerequisite: 220

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Open to majors only

480f. MATHEMATICS SEMINAR

(2-4)
(1)

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Mathematics-
Economics

Requirements for the Major

Economics 104, 105, 306, 307
Mathematics 118, 119, 206, 220, 309
Either Economics 338 or Mathematics 328
Either Economics 400 or Mathematics 480
An additional three elective courses in mathematics
or economics are required with at least one in
economics, excluding 200, 211, 212, 213 and
217. These courses must be at the 200-level or
above and must be approved by the advisors to
the major in the respective departments.

82

Agnes Scott College

Mathematics-Physics, Modem Foreign Languages and Literatures

Mathematics-
Physics

Provides an integrated study of mathematics and
its application in theoretical physics. Students
elect at least 27 semester hours in mathematics
and 23 semester hours in physics. Other courses may
he elected in mathematics and physics, not to exceed a
combined total of 60 semester hours.
The minimum number of hours required to fulfill an
interdisciplinary major in Mathematics-Physics is 50.

Basic Courses Required:

Mathematics 118, 1 19, 206, 220, 309 (at least 27

hours in mathematics)
Physics 110, 111 and 15 additional hours as

approved by the Department of Physics and

Astronomy

lilodern Foreign
Languages and
Literatures

French

Assistant Professors:

Julia K. De Free
Rosemary Eberiel

The program in French has as its goals accuracy and
fluency in the written and spoken language as
well as knowledge and appreciation of the literature
and culture of France.

New students electing French, with very few
exceptions, take a placement test. Students placing at
the level of French 235 will have satisfied the Specific

1997-1999 Catalog

Standard of the intermediate level of a foreign
language. French 202 also satisfies that Specific
Standard.

French 235, the prerequisite for all literature
courses, satisfies the distributional standard of litera-
ture in the language of its composition. A literature
course on the 300 level also satisfies this standard.

Students, if qualified, may spend an academic year
or a semester in France or in a Francophone country
on an approved program. Additional study abroad
possibilities include the Global Awareness or Global
Connections programs. Internships in French in the
United States and abroad may also be offered.

An assistant comes from France or a Francophone
country each year to live on the French Hall with
students interested in perfecting their French and in
knowing more about today's France and Francophone
cultures. She assists with French Club activities and
joins students at all levels of French proficiency in the
dining hall around a "table fran^aise."

Students also have an opportunity to use their
language skills in courses designated as Language
Across the Curriculum (LAC). This consists of
completing a one-hour French component in a
Language Across the Curriculum interdisciplinary

Requirements for the Major

A minimum of 24 hours beyond French 230. The

recommended sequence is:
235, 280 and five courses at the 300 level and 480.
These courses should be representative of various
centuries and genres.
With advanced placement or exemption, the minimum
number of hours required to complete a French
major is 25 hours.
Recommended Courses:
We recommend for the French major the following
electives in other programs: History 101, 309;
English 211; Art 103, 208; Philosophy 206, 209;
another foreign language.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of 12 hours beyond French 230. The
recommended sequence is 235, 280 and two courses
at or beyond the 300 level.

83

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures

Entering students who are placed into an advanced
level of French may be given permission to com-
plete the major with fewer than 30 hours. Permis-
sion is given hy the department chair or a faculty
member designated by the chair and the assistant
dean of the college.

202 fulfills the intermediate-level language require-
ment. Students exempting French 202 will take
French 207. Students may also register for Transla-
tion or Business French courses at an approved
institution.

We strongly recommend a 4-week Intensive Summer
Session at the Centre International de I'Universite
de rOuest in Angers whose courses will satisfy the
required courses listed above, subject to approval by
the chair of the department or a faculty member
designated by the chair and the associate dean of
the college.

101f. ELEMENTARY FRENCH (4)

For students who begin French in college. Introduction
to the French language and culture. Three class periods
followed by a session of oral practice.

102s. ELEMENTARY FRENCH (4)

Continuation ot 101; 101 and 102 are the equivalent of
two years of secondary school preparation.

201 f. INTERMEDIATE (3)

Grammar review oral and written comprehension,
reading, compositon.

202s. INTERMEDIATE (3)

A continuation of 201 with emphasis on selected
readings.

202Lf. (Art 202L) MEDIEVAL ART, FRENCH

COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts concerning the visual

arts and their historical context during the Middle Ages.

Conducted in French.

Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the instructor

Corequisite: Art 202

Not offered 1997-98

203LS. (Art103L) HISTORY OF ART II, FRENCH

COMPONENT (1)

Readmg and discussion of texts on the major artistic
periods from the Renaissance through the modem
periods. Conducted in French.

Corequisite: Art 103

Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the instructor

Offered 1997-98

207f,s. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH CONVERSATION (2)

Prerequisite: 202 with a grade ol B minus or above or

permission from the department

This course may be repeated once with permission from the

department or faculty members designated b^i the department

chair.

221 Lf. (Music 221 L) (Women's Studies 221 L) WOMEN
IN MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL TRADITIONS,
FRENCH COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts concerning French and

other francophone women as composers, performers,

teachers, and musical support personnel. Conducted in

French.

Prerequisite: 202

Corequisite: Music 220 (Women's Studies 220)

Offered 1997-98

230f. FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3)

In addition to a thorough review ot grammar, this course
explores aspects of French culture and civilization in
their historical context. (Tapes, films, and videos will be
used.) This course is required of all minors.
Prerequisite: 202

235f. INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY GENRES (3)

Introduction to literary texts by genre from the Middle
Ages to the present. This course is required of all majors
and satisfies the Distributional Standard of literature in
the language of its composition.
Prerequisite: 230

280s. WRITING IN FRENCH (3)

Intensive work in written expression to strengthen the
student's ability to organize her ideas in French and to
review fine points of grammar and style.
Prerequisite: 230 or equivalent by placement

301 s. FROM THE KNIGHT TO THE KNAVE (3)

Literature of the Middle Ages in its socio-historical
context. Medieval story-tellers and poets, epics, the
romances, Tristan and Isolde, the Arthurian legend, men
and women troubadours, religious and secular theatre.
Prerequisite: 230, 235 and 280
Offered 1997-98

311. THE AGE OF DISCOVERY FROM COLUMBUS
TO MONTAIGNE (3)

Literature of the Renaissance and the Reformation in its
socio-historical context. Men and women poets and
prose-writers of the sixteenth century, satire, the theatre.

84

Agnes Scott College

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures

Transition from an oral to a book-oriented culture.
Prerequisite: 230, 235 and 280
Offered 1999-2000

321 . THE AGE OF LOUIS XIV (3)

Literature of the seventeenth century in its socio-
historical context. Development, triumph and transfor-
mation of literary genres such as poetry, letters, the
novel, religious meditations, satire, with special emphasis
on the theatre and women authors from the Baroque to
the wane ot Classicism.
Prerequisite: 230, 235 and 280
Offered 1998-99

331f. THE FRENCH ENLIGHTENMENT (3)

A selection of major eighteenth-century philosophic and
literary writings from Rousseau to the Revolution.
Prerequisite: 230, 235, and 280
Offered 1997-98

341. LITERATURE FROM ROMANTICISM THROUGH
THE FIN DE SIECLE (3)

Selected readings in nineteenth-century prose and
poetry, from pre-Romanticism through Symbolism.
Prerequisite: 230, 235 and 280
Offered 1998-99

351. LITERATURE FROM THE AVANT-GARDE

THROUGH THE PRESENT (3)

Selected readings in twentieth-centur\' prose, poetry and
the theatre from ApoUinaire to Duras.
Prerequisite: 230, 235 and 280
Offered 1999-2000

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised to meet the needs of individual students.

480s. SPECIAL TOPICS (3)

Intensive study of a specific author, genre, school of
thought or theme. May be repeated for credit when topic
varies. Topic in 1997-98: French Cinema
Prerequisite: 230, 235 and 280

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member ot the program.

German Studies

Professor: Ingnd E. Wieshofer

Each course offered emphasizes the communication
skills of understanding, speaking and writing
German. Cultural as well as linguistic aspects of the

; 997- 1999 Catalog

German-speaking world are in all classes at all levels.
A wide selection of classical and contemporary literary
works are read in intermediate and advanced courses.

Majors, minors and other interested students are
encouraged to live on the College's German Hall
where they can practice their German aided by a
resident teaching assistant from Germany. They are
also invited to join the German Club and the German
lunch table. The opportunity to study abroad is offered
to qualified students; they may participate in a one or
two semester exchange program with the University of
Mainz at Germersheim.

Students also have an opportunity to use their
language skills in courses designated as Language
Across the Curriculum (LAC). This consists of
completing a one-hour German component in a
Language Across the Curriculum interdisciplinary
course.

Students considering a double major should consult
with the department chair or a faculty member
designated by the department chair.

Requirements for the Major in German
Studies

Courses required in the discipline:

210,212,222,324,480

Three or four of the following: 306, 310, 305 with
language component, 308 with language
component, 350

If only three of the above are taken, then one of the
following courses outside the discipline must also
be taken: History 313 with language component,
History 314 with language component, Music 220
with language component

Minimum hours for the major: 28 beyond the
intermediate level

Entering students who are placed in an advanced
level of German may be given permission to
complete the major with fewer than 30 hours.
Permission is given by the department chair or a
faculty member designated by the department
chair and the assistant dean of the college.
Courses recommended for the major:

Students are strongly encouraged to acquire

experience in a German-speaking country through

our exchange program with the University of Mainz

85

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures

open to them in their sophomore year or through an
approved Junior Year Abroad program. We also
highly recommend the Zertifikatsprufung and
Mittelstufenprufung at the Goethe Institute.

Requirements for the Minor in German
Studies

210.212

Two or three of the following: 222, 306, 310, 324, 305
with language component, 308 with language
component, History 313 with language component.
Music 220 with language component

If only two of the above are taken, then one of the
following must also be taken: History 307, Philoso-
phy 210 or any other course with a strong German
content area subject to the approval of the depart-
ment.

Minimum hours: 14 beyond the intermediate level

Recommendations for the Minor:

Students are strongly encouraged to acquire experi-
ence in German through an internship with a
German company and participation in the
Zertifikatsprufung at the Goethe Institute.

101f. ELEMENTARY GERMAN (4)

Emphasis on speaking and understanding spoken
German, with a sound basis of grammar. Reading and
discussion of simple texts.

102s. ELEMENTARY GERMAN (4)

Continuation ot 101.

201 f. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN (3)

Practice in .spoken German, accompanied hy grammar
review. Reading and discussion of literary texts.
Prerequisite: 102 or equivalent

202s. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN

Continuation of 201.

(3)

21 Of. COMPOSITION (3)

Practical course designed to develop fluency in writing

German.

Prerequisite: 202

211f. CONVERSATION (2)

Theoretical and practical aspects of German pronuncia-
tion with intensive drills.

Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the department or
faculty members designated by the chair

Does not fulfill the language requirement for the International
Relations major

212s. ADVANCED CONVERSATION (2)

Practical course designed to develop fluency in oral

communication.

Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent

222f. INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE (4)

Emphasis on lyrical poetry of the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries, a nineteenth-century Novelle and a
contemporary novel.

Prerequisite to all 300'level literature courses
Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent

305f. CONTEMPORARY DRAMA (3)

Emphasis on Brecht's epic theatre and contemporary
Swiss playwrights. Offered in English, accompanied by a
German language component.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

305Lf. CONTEMPORARY DRAMA, GERMAN

LANGUAGE COMPONENT (1)

German language component to accompany 305 for
German majors and minors.
Prerequisite: 222
Corequisite: 305

Offered 1 997-98 and altenvite years

306s. FRANZ KAFKA (3)

Discussion ot major short stories and selections from the

novels.

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

308f. GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION (3)

Taught in English, accompanied by a German language
component for German majors and minors.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

308Lf. GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION,
GERMAN LANGUAGE COMPONENT (1)

German language component to accompany 308 for

German majors and minors.

Prerequisite: 222

Corequisite: 308

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

31 OS. GERMAN LIFE AND THOUGHT (3)

Society and culture in the contemporary German-
speaking world.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

314LS. (History 31 4L) (Political Science 31 4L).

86

Agnes Scott College

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures

EUROPE SINCE 1945, GERMAN COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion ot texts about post-World War II

Germany, from division through unification. Conducted

in German.

Corequisite: History 314 (Political Science 314)

Prerequisite: German 202 or equivalent

Not offered 1997-98

315Lf. (History 31 5L) EUROPE 1914-1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

Study of Weimar and Nazi Germany based on selected
primary sources in German.
Corequisite: History 313
Prerequisite: 202 or or equivalent
Not o/fered 1997-98

320LS. (Music 220L) (Women's Studies 220L) WOMEN
IN MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL TRADITIONS,
GERMAN COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts concerning German and
Austrian women composers, performers, teachers and
musical support personnel. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the instructor
Corequisite: Music 220 (Women's Studies 220)
Not offered 1997-98

324s. ADVANCED GERMAN LANGUAGE STUDY (3)

Emphasis on stylistics, composition styles and vocabulary
building working with contemporary text materials.
Prerequisite: 210 or permission of the department

350f,s. ADVANCED READING (2-3)

Subject matter chosen according to student interest and
needs.

410. SPECIAL TOPICS (2-4)

Supervised to meet the needs of individual students.

480s. ADVANCED TOPICS IN GERMAN

LITERATURE (3)

Intensive study of a single author, genre or period. May
be repeated for credit when topic varies.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program. Results are presented both
orally and in writing. May be done in English with
approval of program.

Japanese

Japanese Language Assistant:

Maya Kishida (1996-98)

The teaching assistants in Japanese, who are native
speakers, have participated in a unique and inten-
sive nine-week training program of the Exchange: Japan
Foundation on teaching Japanese as a second lan-
guage. They bring to the program knowledge of culture
as well as systematic training in language pedagogy.

lOlf. ELEMENTARY JAPANESE I (4)

Fundamentals ot spoken and written Japanese. Develop-
ment of reading, writing, speaking and listening skills,
with emphasis on the development of conversational
fluency in socio-cultural contexts.

102s. ELEMENTARY JAPANESE II

Continuation ot Japanese 101.

(4)

201f. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE ! (4)

A continuation of elementary Japanese, focusing on the
further development of oral proficiency, reading and
writing skills.
Prerequisite: 102 or equivalent

202s. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE II

A continuation of Japanese 201.

(3)

301 f. ADVANCED JAPANESE I (3)

A continuation ot intermediate Japanese, focusing on
the further development of oral proficiency, reading and
writing skills.
Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent

302s. ADVANCED JAPANESE II

A continuation of 30 1 .
Prerequisite: 301

(3)

Spanish

Associate Professor: Rafael Ocasio
Assistant Professor: Gisela Norat

The major in Spanish is designed to develop
proficiency in the four language skills and to
present the cultural, Uterary and historical back-
grounds of Spain and Latin America.

A mincer in Spanish is offered to satisfy the needs

J 997- J 999 Catalog

87

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures

and interests of students who wish to combine the
study of Spanish with other discipUnes (International
Relations and Latin American Studies, among others.)

All students of Spanish have the opportunity to
improve fluency and cultural awareness by participat-
ing in special activities hosted by the Spanish faculty
or by National Hispanic Awareness, the student
Spanish club. Every year a Mexican teaching assistant
is invited by the College to live in the Spanish Hall
and interact with students, whether informally in daily
living situations or through planned cultural activities
or weekly get-togethers.

Students are strongly encouraged to take part in the
College's Global Awareness Program or to acquire
experience in a Spanish-speaking country through an
approved study abroad program.

Students also have an opportunity to use their
language skills in courses designated as Language
Across the Curriculum (LAC). This consists of
completing a one-hour Spanish component in a
Language Across the Curriculum interdisciplinary
course.

Requirements for the Major

Complete 30 hours from among the following courses,
including 480: 203, 204, 207, 208, 223, 310, 321,
344, 354, 357, 480. Credits from the Spanish
component of Language Across the Curriculum
(LAC) courses also satisfy the requirements toward
the major

Entering students with advanced Spanish proficiency
above the intermediate level (202) may be given
permission to complete the major with fewer than 30
hours. Permission is given by the chair of the
department or a faculty member designated by the
chair and the assistant dean of the college.

Requirements for the IMinor

A minor requires completion of 15 hours beyond
Spanish 202 from among the courses offered by the
department. Credits from the Spanish component of
Language Across the Curriculum (LAC) courses also
satisfy requirements toward the minor.

101f. ELEMENTARY (4)

Fundamentals of Spanish for speaking, listening, writing

and reading. Emphasis on proficiency achievement and
cultural awareness of the Hispanic world.

102s. ELEMENTARY (4)

Continuation of lOL
Prerequisite: 101

201f. INTERMEDIATE (4)

Grammar review. Conversation, comprehension,
composition and reading.
Prerequisite: 102

202s. INTERMEDIATE (4)

Continuation of 201 including an introduction to the
critical reading of literary texts.
Prerequisite: 201

203f. CONVERSATION (3)

Texts, music and films centered around topics of interest
to college students. Emphasis on oral proficiency with a
writing component.

Prerequisite: 202 or permission of the department chair
or faculty members designated by the chair

204s. ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND

COMPOSITION (3)

Continued emphasis on oral proficiency with special
focus on grammar review and composition writing.
Prerequisite: 202 or 203 or permission of the department
chair or faculty members designated by the chair

207f. SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE (3)

Important historical events, trends and ideas ot Spain
from earliest times to the present.

Prerequisite: 203 or 204 or permission of the department
chair or faculty members designated by the chair
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

208f. LATIN AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN

CIVILIZATIONS AND CULTURES (3)

Important trends, ideas and historical events of Latin
America and the Caribbean from pre-conquest and
colonial periods to the present.

Prerequisite: 203 or 204 or permission of the department
chair or faculty members designated by the chair
Offered i 997-98 and alternate years

223s. APPROACHES TO LITERATURE (3)

Presentation ot representative Latin American and

Peninsular texts to foster reading, writing and analytical

skills.

Prerequisite: 203 or 204 or permission of the department

chair or faculty members designated by the chair

Agnes Scott College

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures

300Lf. (Anthropology 300L) INDIGENOUS PEOPLES
OF LATIN AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion oi texts complementary and

parallel to those used in Anthropology 304- Conducted

in Spanish.

Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or permission of the instructor

Corequisite: Anthropology 304

Not offered 1997-98

301 Ls. (Political Science 21 1L) (Sociology 21 4L)
(Women's Studies 211 L) WOMEN IN LATIN
AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT

See Political Science 211L for description.
Offered 1997-98

(1)

302LS. (Political Science 342L) (Religious Studies
350L) RELIGION AND POLITICS IN LATIN
AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of complementary and parallel
texts to those used in Political Science 342. Conducted
in Spanish.

Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or permission of the instructor
Corequisite: Political Science 342 (Religious Studies 350)
Offered J 998-99

310s. SPANISH LITERATURE THROUGH THE

GOLDEN AGE (3)

Reading of early Spanish literature until the theatre of
Lope de Vega and Calderon de la Barca (17th century).
Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

Offered J 998-99 and alternate years

321s. SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN

CONTEMPORARY POETRY (3)

A study of poetry' m modem times.

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

344f. CONTEMPORARY LATIN AMERICAN

NARRATIVE (3)

An examination of major trends and literary movements
in short stories and novels by major contemporary Latin
American authors.

Prerequisite: 223 or premission of the department chair
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

350Lf. (History 350L) THE AFRICAN DIASPORA,

SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

Examination and discussion of selected documents on

slavery and slave societies in North America, specifically

Mexico, Central America, South America and the

Caribbean. Conducted in Spanish.

Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or permission of the instructor

Corequisite: History 350

O/fered; 997-98

354s. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
TO MODERNISM (3)

An analysis ot literature from early Latin American
writings to Ruben Dari'o (19th century).
Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair
or faculty members designated by the chair
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

357f. NINETEENTH- AND TWENTIETH-CENTURY
SPANISH LITERATURE (3)

Discussion of novels, essays, pcjetry and drama of major

authors o{ those centuries.

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

or faculty members designated by the chair

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

(2-4)

480s. TOPICS IN HISPANIC THEMES (3)

A detailed critical analysis of a specific topic, genre or

period in Peninsular or Latin American literatures and

other media.

For 1998-99:

Post-boom Latin American Literature. An analysis of the

most recent narrative production after the so-called

boom of the 1960s and 1970s. Critical approaches will

include feminism, gay and lesbian and socialist activism,

negrismo in Latin American and latino/a literature and

other artistic media (films and art) as representative of

post-modem intellectual trends.

Prerequisite: 223 or permission of the department chair

or faculty members designated by the chair

Required of majors. This course may be taken more than

once if subject content is different.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the super\'ision of
a member of the program.

1997-1999 Catalog

89

Music

Music

Professors:

Ronald L. Byrnside
Calvert Johnson
Theodore K. Mathews

Music has been traditionally a central part of a
true liberal education both as an avenue for
creative expression and as a humanities
discipline. In keeping with this tradition, the music
curriculum provides its students with a breadth of
knowledge and a depth of understanding in the
traditions of Western music as well as various opportu-
nities for performance. The program also incorporates
the special musical contributions of women and of
other cultures, as appropriate. The guiding philosophy
behind the curriculum is that music is a humanistic art
that enriches lives and amplifies history.

The program for music majors provides a balanced
approach in the study of theory, history and perfor-
mance. It concludes with a capstone Senior Seminar
and either a Senior Recital or a project in some area
within the discipline (for example, history, theory or
music education). Graduating seniors should be
adequately prepared to enter graduate programs or the
professional world.

Music minors normally pursue a program of study
that emphasizes one of the primary areas within the
discipline. The department seeks to meet the needs
and interests of nonmajors through its variety of
courses in music appreciation, applied music lessons
and performing ensembles, some of which have
language-across-the-curriculum components or are
cross-listed courses with other departments.

Presser Hall, which houses the Music Department,
has ample space for classrooms, studios and offices,
rehearsal and performance halls, listening and com-
puter labs and practice rooms. The department also
uses Woltz Reception Room (Rebekah) and Thatcher
Chapel (Alston Center) as additional performance
spaces. The department makes available to students a
variety of musical instruments, including Steinway
grand pianos, a German double harpsichord (Wolf

Instruments), organs (Austin, Brombaugh, and
Schlicker), and some orchestral and percussion
instruments. Students not only have many opportuni-
ties on-campus to attend performances and lectures by
leading musicians, composers and scholars; but they
also have access to the rich cultural offerings in metro
Atlanta.

Requirements for the Major Courses:

106, 111,211, 212, 213, 214, 305 and 480
Performance:

A minimum of 10 semester hours in one instrument
or voice and a maximum of 18 semester hiours in
applied music. A minimum of eight semester hours
in one applied area is permitted if the student elects
to do a project in lieu of a senior recital. Students
concentrating in voice will pass a piano proficiency
examination prior to graduation or prior to student
teaching.
A senior recital or project 410 or 490 (in lieu of

recital)
Ensemble Experience:
A minimum of two years in an approved College
ensemble. Normally this required participation is
fulfilled in the major ensemble related to the
student's applied music area during the last four
semesters in which enrolled for classwork on
campus. Students begin this four-semester
sequence in their sophomore year if anticipating
student teaching during the spring semester of their
senior year or studying abroad during their junior
year.
The minimum number of hours required for a music

major at Agnes Scott College is 37. For those who

do a project in lieu of a senior recital, the

minimum is 38 hours.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of twenty hours in the department
including Music 106 and 1 1 1 . A minor program may
have an emphasis in performance, theory or history,
but its specific design must be created with the
guidance and approval of the department chair.

90

Agnes Scott College

Music

Music Appreciation

1 06f ,s. INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF MUSIC! (3)

Basic concepts and terminology appropriate to various
kinds of music. The relationship of music to society and
the other arts.

204s. HISTORY OF JAZZ

(3)

Trends, de\-elopments and personalities in American jaz:.

205f. AMERICAN POPULAR MUSIC (3)

A chronological study of American popular music in the
eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Works examined in terms of musical and textual content
and in the light of their sociological contexts.

206s. MUSICAL THEATRE AND FILM MUSIC (3)

The structure, content and music/lyrics ot the musical
comedy and musical play genres. Conventions, stock
characters and formulas of the musical theatre are
examined. A portion of the course deals with the use of
music in non-musical films. A rudimentary knowledge of
musical terminology is desired hut not required.

Tlieory and History of iVIusic

108f. FOUNDATIONS OF MUSIC (3)

Designed for students with little or no knowledge of
music theory, the course teaches the elements of music in
sufficient depth to enable the student to read music and
compose song forms.
Not open to students who have had 1 1 1

111s. MUSIC THEORY! (4)

Functional tonality and part-writing. Assumes prior
knowledge of triads and key signatures.
Prerequisite: 106; 108 or permission as determined by
examination

208s. (Religious Studies 208) HISTORY OF SACRED
MUSIC (3)

Development ot liturgy and worship practices and

especially of the role of music in Jewish and Christian

worship.

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

211f. MUSIC THEORY II

Continuation of 1 1 1 with emphasis on functional
tonality and chromatic harmony.
3 LEC, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 1 1 1

212s. MUSIC THEORY III

A continuation of 2 1 1 w

ith emphasis on functional

(4)

(4)

tonality and classical forms.
3 LEC, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 21 1

213f. MUSIC BEFORE 1750 (3)

A chronological study of Western art music from the
Greek civilization through the Baroque era.
Prerequisite: 1 1 1

214s. MUSIC OF THE CLASSICAL AND ROMANTIC
PERIODS (3)

A chronological study of Western art music from the late
eighteenth, nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: 111 or permission of the instructor

21 7f. SYNTHESIZER I (1)

Synthesizer keyboards, including their principles of
operation, their methods of performance, the program-
ming of sounds and the composing and editing of scores
using computer software.
Prerequisite: permission of instructor

21 9f. (Women's Studies 219) WOMEN IN WORLD
MUSIC (3)

An historical and sociological overview of the various
roles women have played in music in cultures around the
world as composers, performers, teachers, entertainers
and patrons, etc., from antiquity to the present day, with
emphasis on non-Western traditions.
Offered J 998-99 and alternate years

220f. (Women's Studies 220) WOMEN IN

MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL TRADITIONS (3)

A historical survey of women composers, performers,
teachers and support personnel from Hildegard von
Bingen to such contemporaries as Laurie Anderson, Sofia
Gubaidulina, Betsy Jolas, Joan La Barbara, Tania Leon,
Thea Musgrave, Paulina Oliveros, Joan Tower, and Ellen
Zwilich, including a study of the forces that shaped their
lives and styles of composition.

220LS. (Women's Studies 220L) (German 320L)
WOMEN IN MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL
TRADITIONS, GERMAN COMPONENT

See German 320L tor description.
Not offered 1997-98

(1)

221 Lf. (French 221 L) (Women's Studies 221 L) WOMEN
IN MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL TRADITIONS,
FRENCH COMPONENT (1)

See French 22 IL for description.
0//ered J 997-98

305f. TWENTIETH-CENTURY MUSIC (3)

The characteristics and tendencies of music since 1 900.

/ 997- 1999 Catalog

91

Music

Outstanding composers and significant works are studied.
Prerequisite: 111 or permission of the instructor

311s. ORCHESTRATION (3)

A course to develop skills in the writing, reading and

analysis of orchestral scores. Emphasis is placed on

writing.

Prerequisite: 212 or 111 and permission ot the instructor

31 2s. FORM AND ANALYSIS (3)

A detailed examination of formal controls as revealed in
selected contrapuntal and homophonic works of music.
Prerequisite: 212

31 3s. TECHNIQUES OF COMPOSITION (3)

410f,s. SENIOR STUDY IN MUSIC THEORY OR

HISTORY (2-4)

Specialized study for majors to meet the needs ot the
individual students.

480s. SENIOR SEMINAR (3)

Specialized areas ot music designed to meet the needs of

students in the seminar.

Open to senior music majors only

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member ot the department.

Music Education

Students who may be interested in pursuing a certifi-
cation program are referred to the Education Depart-
ment description of our state-approved program.

Applied i\/lusic

For the 1 997-98 academic year, the applied music fee for
full-time students is $29 per contact hour of instruction;
the Music 150 fee is $15 per hour of instruction (the same
fee is charged in Music 170, 180, 190, provided there are
at least two students studying together with the same
professor) . There is no fee for music majors or minors or
for students who are taking or have taken Music 111 .
Part-time students are billed the hourly tuition rate for
applied music.

Credit is awarded for applied music offered by the

College as follows:
One credit hour for each semester at the 100 and 200

92

level; two credit hours for each semester above the
200 level

Applied music lessons do not satisfy the Distributional
Standard in fine arts.

No students are permitted organ instruction without a
background on keyboard. Beginning level instruc-
tion on piano and voice is offered in the following
courses:

150Af,s. CLASS PIANO I (1)

Class instruction on piano for students who are beginners
on the instrument. Students are taught in a piano
laboratory and those who complete 1 50A will normally
proceed into 150B unless the instructor believes the
student's skills are developed sufficiently to warrant her
being placed in 151 for individual lessons.

150Bf,s. CLASS PIANO II (1)

Class instruction for students who may have had some
training on the instrument but whose skills are undevel-
oped and in need of review. Laboratory instruction for
them begins at this level. Students from 150A also elect
150B unless exempted by the instructor. Students with
adequate training begin individual lessons in 151.

181L. VOCALLABI (0)

Italian, Latin and English diction for singers.
Corequisite: MUS 181

182L. VOCAL LAB II (0)

French and German diction for singers.
Corequisite: MUS 182

Beginning level instruction also is offered in strings
(170A, 170B), voice (180A, 180B) and winds (190A,
190B), and students here also are given group
instruction when registration justifies it. One hour of
instruction and six hours of practice weekly are
required of all students who take applied music for
credit. A performance exam is conducted at the
end of each semester. The music major may
register for two additional credit hours for her senior
recital.

Nonmajors may earn a maximum of fourteen credit
hours. After four semesters, nonmajors who wish to
continue applied music must take a course in Music
Theory or some other approved course in the Music
Department.

Noncredit: Students who wish to take appUed

music without credit are required to pay a fee.

Agnes Scott College

Music, Philosophy

Courses in applied music are numbered as
follows:

Accompanying: 153, 154, 253, 254, 353, 354, 453,

454
Harpsichord: 141, 142; 241, 242; 341, 342; 441,

442; 449 (Senior Recital)
Improvisation: 156, 157, 256, 257, 356, 357, 456,

457
Piano: 150A, 150B (for beginners), 151, 152; 251,

252; 351, 352; 451, 452; 459 (Senior Recital)
Organ: 161, 162; 261, 262; 361, 362; 461, 462; 469

(Senior Recital)
Percussion: 193, 194; 293, 294; 393, 394; 493, 494;

498 (Senior Recital)
Strings: 170A, 170B (for beginners), 171, 172; 271,

272; 371, 372; 471, 472; 479 (Senior Recital)
Voice: 180A, 180B (for beginners), 181, 182; 281,

282; 381, 382; 481, 482; 489 (Senior Recital)
Winds: 190A, 190B (for beginners), 191, 192; 291,

292; 391, 392; 491, 492; 499 (Senior Recital)
Prerequisite: written permission of the department
chair

Ensembles

Many opportunities are available to Agnes Scott
students, staff and faculty to participate in musical
ensembles. Thiose requiring an audition for mem-
bersfiip are Glee Club (chorus), London Fog (jazz
vocal group) and Agnes Scott College Community
Orchestra. Those not requiring an audition are
Joyful Noise (gospel vocal choir), jazz ensemble
and chamber ensemble (winds, strings, keyboard,
voice and percussion). Participation may be
possible through cross-registration in Marching or
Symphonic Band at Georgia Tech or early music at
Clayton State College.
Students may receive a maximum of 4 semester

hours of credit for participation in an ensemble.

The following ensemble courses are offered and

carry .5 hours of credit:
Vocal ensemble: 131, 132, 231, 232, 331, 332, 431,

432
Instrumental ensemble: 133, 134, 233, 234, 333,

334, 433, 434
Jazz ensemble: 133, 134, 233, 234, 333, 334, 433,

434

Prerequisite: written permission of the ensemble
director

Philosophy

Professors:

David P. Behan
Richard D. Parry

There are two different but complementary
approaches to philosophy. The systematic
approach is through courses which deal with
specific problems (e.g., 104, 1 15,130). The historical
approach is through courses in the history of philoso-
phy (e.g., 206, 209, 210). Students considering courses
in philosophy should seek the advice of the members
of the department concerning particular courses.
The requirements for the major in philosophy
embody two goals. The first is that the student learn,
through close work with primary sources, the ideas of
the major philosophers. The second is that the student
develop and practice techniques of critical analysis
and constructive reasoning. In fulfilling the
requirements, the student majoring in philosophy
acquires a thorough grounding in the major areas of
the discipline and also develops her own critical and
creative philosophical skills.

Requirements for the Major

Students considering a major in philosophy should try

to complete 103, 206 and 209 before the end of the

sophomore year.
Logic: 103 or 220

History of Philosophy: 206, 209, 210
Value Theory: 104 or 130
Metaphysics and Epistemology: three courses from

the following: 320, 324, 326, 339, 340, 341
333 may satisfy any one requirement group as

indicated in the topic description.
Religious Studies 345 counts toward the major.
The minimum number of hours required for a

Philosophy major is 30.

1997-1999 Catalog

93

Philosophy

Requirements for the Minor

Logic: 103 or 220

History of Philosophy; 206, 209, 210

Value Theory; 104 or 130

Metaphysics and Epistemology; two courses from the
following; 320, 324, 326, 339, 340, 341
333 may satisfy any one requirement group as
indicated in the topic description. Religious Studies
345 counts toward the minor.

1 03s. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC (3)

An introduction both to the rudiments of critical
thinking, with emphasis on analysis of ordinary discourse
into formal symbolism and to the properties of formal
systems.

104f. ETHICS (3)

Consideration of some contemporary moral issues, such
as euthanasia, abortion, war and world hunger and their
relation to ethical theories from Plato to the present.

115f. MIND, SELF AND PERSONAL IDENTITY (3)

An introduction to philosophical theories of the nature
of the mind, bundle and substance theories of the self
and the philosophical basis of personal identity.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

130f. LAW, MORALITY AND THE STATE (3)

The major figures in political and legal philosophy from

Plato to Marx.

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

206f. HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY (3)

The thought of major figures in Western philosophy from
the pre-Socratic era to the Hellenistic age.

209s. SEVENTEENTH- AND EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY (3)

The historical development of philosophic thought in
the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Readings in
Descartes, Locke, Berkeley and Hume.

21 Of. KANT'S CRITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3)

Kant's Critique of Pure Reason.
Prerequisite: 209

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

21 5s. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW (3)

Critical examination of natural law theory, legal
positivism, legal realism and critical legal studies.
Particular emphasis on Hart and Dworkin.
Prerequisite: 130 or permission of the instructor

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

220f. SYMBOLIC LOGIC (3)

The language and rules of derivation for sentential and

predicate kigic.

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

225s. FAITH AND REASON IN THE MIDDLE AGES (3)

Major themes from medieval philosophy considered from
several religious traditions.

230f. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE (3)

An introduction to basic issues in the philosophy of
science: induction, lawlikeness, realism and instrumen-
talism, confirmation and explanation.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

320s. PLATO (3)

Intensive study of selected dialogues.

Prerequisite: 206 or 104

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

324s. ARISTOTLE (3)

Intensive study of topics selected from the logical,
epistemological and metaphysical works.
Prerequisite: 206
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

326f. DESCARTES (3)

Descartes' major philosophic works in the context of his
natural science.
Prerequisite: 209

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

333f. TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY

Prerequisite: Any two courses in philosophy and
permission of the instructor

(3)

(3)

339s. THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE

A critical study of major issues in contemporary

epistemology.

Prerequisite: 209 and 220 or permission of the instructor

Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

340s. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHICAL

THEORIES OF THE SELF (3)

Parfit's reductionism, Madell's non-reductionism and the

recent literature.

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

Offered 1 997-98 and alterrvite years

341 f. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN LANGUAGE

PHILOSOPHY (3)

Consideration of issues such as realism and the autonomy

94

Agnes Scott College

Philosophy, Physical Education and Athletics

of language, raised by contemporary thinkers, including
Wittgenstein, Kripke, Rorty and Putnam.
Prerequisite: 209
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in fields or periods of
philosophy.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Physical Education
and Atliietics

Instructors:

Paige Cardel
Kim Fmdak
Tracy St. John

Agnes Scott College has a tradition of recog-
nizing that physical activity is an essential
component of the total growth and education
of women. Physical education is required of all
students in the academic program, not only for
physical well-being, hut to develop lifetime activities
for fitness and recreation. Four semester courses of
physical education are required for graduation. No
more than four semester hours will count toward the
124 hours necessary for graduation. Letter grades are
given but do not count in the quality-point ratio.

Students with no prior physical education on the
college level will take one course in Fitness and
Health Assessment. Other courses taken to fulfill the
four semesters requirement may be taken from any
area; however, it is strongly recommended that
students take at least one course from Lifetime
Activities. 100-level dance courses may count toward
the requirement in physical education.

The Robert W. Woodruff Physical Activities
Building with its basketball courts, eight-lane 25-
meter swimming pool and weight room with Nautilus
equipment; the track and field; the tennis courts; and

J997-I999Cataiog

the dance studios and racquetball courts in the Alston
Campus Center provide quality facilities for classes,
recreational opportunities and club and intercollegiate
sports.

Information about athletic activities may be found
on page 2 1 .

Fitness and Health Assessment

102. BODY FITNESS (1)

Fitness through use of weight training.

103. FITNESS SWIMMING (1)

Fitness through lap swimming and interval workouts.
Prerequisite: Intermediate level swimming strokes

105. HYDROBICS (1)

Fitness through vigorous water exercises.

106. JOGGING FOR FITNESS (1)

Fitness through individualized running programs.

107. POWER WALKING (1)

Fitness through power walking. Emphasis on techniques
and aerobic endurance, flexibility, strength, speed, agility
and nutrition.

109. STEP AEROBICS (1)

Fitness achies'ed through continuous movement using
levels to vary intensity, resistance and speed.

Lifetime Activities

110. BADMINTON (1)

To learn and develop basic fundamental skills, rules and
offensive and defensive strategies in association with
badminton.

111. RACQUETBALL (1)

Skills, etiquette, safety and injury prevention of
racquetball.

112. FENCING (1)

Foil fencing for the individual with little or no experi-
ence. Skills, techniques and bouting covered.

115. GOLF (1)

Basic skills covered. Rules and golf etiquette are
included. Several trips made to the driving range and
golf course.
(Fee required)

95

Physical Education and Athletics

117. RIDING I (1)

Beginning riding; dressage seat geared toward combined
training. Taught off-campus. (Fee required)

118. RIDING II (1)

Intermediate riding. Continuation of Riding I. Taught

off-campus. (Fee required)

Prerequisite: Riding I or permission of the instructor

119. RIDING III (1)

Advanced Riding. Students perform basic dressage on
difficult horses. Includes possibilities for jumping. Taught
off-campus. (Fee required)
Prerequisite: Riding II or permission of the instructor

120. SWIMMING (1)

Swimming for the beginner and intermediate. Five basic
strokes covered.

123. TENNIS (1)

Tennis for the individual with little or no prior experi-
ence. Forehand, backhand drives and the serve with
game procedures and rules covered.

Specialized Activities

124. SOCCER

Basic skills, rules and strategies of soccer.

(1)

125. VOLLEYBALL (1)

Basic skills, rules and offensive and defensive strategies
associated with volleyball.

210. INTERMEDIATE RACQUETBALL (1)

Emphasis on advanced shot techniques and offensive and
defensive strategies, while demonstrating a thorough
knowledge of rules and terminology of racquetball.
Prerequisite: 111

211. INTERMEDIATE GOLF (1)

Continuation ot beginning gc)lf with emphasis on
advanced stroke techniques. Fee required. See instructor
for more information.
Prerequisite: 115

(1)

213. INTERMEDIATE TENNIS

Building on beginning skills while developing advanced
shot techniques and strategy of both singles and doubles
Prerequisite: 123

Team Sports

132. SOFTBALL (1)

Basic skills covered. Team play and rules incorporated.

(1)

142. LIFEGUARD TRAINING

Red Cross certified lifeguard training course.
Prerequisite: Advanced level swimming; ability to swim
500 yards; current first aid and CPR certificates required
no later than ten days after the completion of the course
to receive certification. (Fee required)
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

143. RESPONDING TO EMERGENCIES (1)

Enables students to recognize when an emergency has
occurred, follow an emergency action plan for any
emergency and provide care for injuries or sudden illness
until professional medical help arrives. (Fee required)

145. SELF DEFENSE (1)

Emphasis on awareness or warnings signs which may
prevent an assault from taking place. Basic attacks and
counter-attacks will also be addressed.

146. SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING (1)

Basic synchronized swimming strokes and figures are

covered. Students perform a routine at the end of the

semester.

Prerequisite: Advanced level swimming strokes

1 47. WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTORS (1 )

Red Cross water safety instructor course. Students perfect
swimming skills, learn techniques of teaching all levels of
swimming.

Prerequisite: Introduction to Health Services Education
course taught at Red Cross service centers (4 hours);
Advanced lifesaving; permission of the instructor;
screening test is given (Fee required)
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

Club Activities and

Inter-collegiate Sports

Varsity athletes and members of Aquatic Scotties
Club and Studio Dance Theatre may receive a
maximum of two physical education credits for
participation on two or more varsity athletic teams or
club activities providing that credit will not be given
for the required fitness course each student is expected
to complete, with the exception of Cross Country.

200. BASKETBALL TEAM

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

(1)

96

Agnes Scott College

Physical Education and Athletics, Physics and Astronomy

202. CROSS COUNTRY (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

203. AQUATIC SCOTTIES CLUB (1)

Prerequisite: selection by tryout and permission of the
instructor

205. SOCCER TEAM (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

207. TENNIS TEAM (1)

Prerequisite: team selection hy tryout and permission of
the instructor

209. VOLLEYBALL TEAM (1)

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

Physics and
Astronomy

Associate Professors:

Arthur L. Bowling, Jr.

Alberto C. Sadun
Assistant Professor and Research Associate
(Part-time):

Christopher De Free

Physics and astronomy are attempts to under-
stand and to predict as many natural phenom-
ena as possible, using a few conceptual models
tested by experiment and observation. The prepara-
tion acquired through concentration in physics or
astrophysics provides a general, flexible foundation for
graduate study or for professional work in physics,
astronomy or engineering. Students have found that
the problem solving and critical thinking skills
developed in the curriculum are valuable in a wide
range of fields, from architecture to law.

A student interested in both physics and math-
ematics is invited to consider a mathematics-physics or
astrophysics major.

Astronomy courses incorporate use of modern
observing and image processing equipment in the
College's Bradley Observatory, located on the campus.

Requirements for the Major

PHYSICS

Courses required in the discipline:

Physics 1 10, 11 1 and Astronomy 120; 22 additional
hours as approved by the department.
Courses required outside the discipline:

Mathematics 150 or 250, 220
Courses recommended for the major:

Mathematics 206 and 309

ASTROPHYSICS

Courses required in the discipline:

Physics 1 1 0-1 1 1 ; 8 additional physics hours as
approved by the department. Astronomy 120-
121; 12 additional astronomy hours as approved
by the department. Astrophysics majors should
take Astronomy 120-121 during the first year

Courses required outside the discipline:
Mathematics 150 or 250, 220.

The minimum number of hours required for the
Astrophysics major is 36 hours in the discipline
plus 7 hours of mathematics.

Requirements for the Minor

PHYSICS

Physics 1 1 0, 1 1 1 ; at least 1 4 additional hours in
physics (for a total of 22 physics hours) as
approved by the department

ASTROPHYSICS

Physics 110, 111; Astronomy 1 20, 1 21 ; a minimum
of 12 hours of astronomy courses beyond
Astronomy 121

The recommended sequence:
Physics 110, 1 1 1 , Astronomy 120, 121, 200, 212,
300. The program must have the approval of the
chair of the department.

Physics

1 02f . ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I (4)

Quantitative discussion of physical phenomena,
illustrated by laboratory experiments. Knowledge of
algebra and trigonometry is essential. This course does not
count toward a major or minor in physics or astrophysics.
Students planning to major or minor in physics or astrophysics
should take Physics llO-lll. Physics 102 willfidfill the '

1997-1999 Catalog

97

Physics and Astronomy

laborators science distributional standard.

1 03s. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II (4)

Continuation of Physics 102.
3 LEG, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 102

11 Of. INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICS AND

ELECTRICITY (4)

Motion, gravitation and electrical phenomena. Calculus

is used.

3 LEC, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: Mathematics 1 19 or permission of the

instructor

111s. INTRODUCTION TO MAGNETISM, HEAT, SOUND
AND LIGHT (4)

Elements of magnetism, thermodynamics and the physics
of wave phenomena. Calculus is used.
3 LEC, 1 LAB
Prerequisite: 110

242f. ANALOG ELECTRONICS (2)

DC and AC circuits, semiconductor devices and
applications, operational amplifiers, power supplies.
ILAB
Prerequisite: 1 10

243s. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (2)

Number systems, Boolean algebra, logic gates, memories,
introduction to microprocessors.
ILAB
Prerequisite: 242

320f. CLASSICAL MECHANICS I (3)

Newton's system for describing and predicting motion,

special relativity, oscillations, motion under the

influence of central forces.

Prerequisite: 111

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

321 s. CLASSICAL MECHANICS II (3)

The formulations ot Lagrange and Hamilton, accelerated
reference frames, rigid body motion, coupled oscillations
and waves.
Prerequisite: 320

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

330f. THERMAL PHYSICS (3)

Equilibrium thermodynamics, presented from phenom-
enological and from statistical points of view.
Prerequisite: 111

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

331 s. STATISTICAL MECHANICS (3)

Calculation ot thermal phenomena using the methods of
Boltzmann and Gibbs; elements of quantum statistical
mechanics.
Prerequisite: 330

Offered J 998-99 and alternate years

340f. ELECTROMAGNETISM (3)

Static electric and magnetic fields, introduction to
boundary value problems. Maxwell's equations.
Prerequisite: 111

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

341s. ELECTRODYNAMICS, RADIATION AND

OPTICS (3)

Time-dependent electromagnetic fields, relativistic
invariance of the theory, emission and propogation of
electromagnetic waves, introduction to plasma phenom-
ena, optics and lasers.
Prerequisite: 340
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

360f. QUANTUM PHYSICS I (3)

Quantum phenomena and the failure of classical physics,
wave mechanics of quantum particles, illustrative one-
dimensional problems, spin, matrix mechanics, multipar-
ticle systems.
Prerequisite: 111
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

361s. QUANTUM PHYSICS II (3)

Approximation methods for static and for time-
dependent situations, three-dimensional problems,
angular momentum, scattering theory, elementary
particles.
Prerequisite: 360
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in specific areas of physics.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the department.

Astronomy

1 20f,s. INTRODUCTORY ASTRONOMY I (4)

Motions of the earth, moon, planets and stars; the nature
and evolution of the stars and of other objects within the
galaxy. Familiarity with algebra strongly recommended.
3 LEG, 1 LAB evening session at Bradley Observatory

98

Agnes Scott College

Physics and Astronomy, Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology

1 21 s. INTRODUCTORY ASTRONOMY II (4)

The nature of galaxies, the history and large scale
structure of the universe as presently understood, the
evolution and properties of the solar system.
3 LEG, 1 LAB evening session at Bradley Observatory
Prerequisite: 120

200f. ASTROPHYSICS I (3)

Topics in stellar evolution and cosmology, pulsars and
black holes, quasars and active galaxies.
Prerequisite: 121
Prerequisite or corequisite: Physics 110

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

212f. MODERN ASTRONOMICAL TECHNIQUES (3)

Finding and acquiring objects at the telescope through
use of digital encoders and setting circles. The reduction
and analysis of astronomical data taken from CCD
(electronic) images. Extensive use of computers to
enhance and measure images, including those taken at
remote observatories.

Requires evening of observation at Bradley Observatory
Prerequisite: 121

300s. ASTROPHYSICS II (3)

Dynamics ot gravitationally bound systems, interstellar

medium, stellar and planetary atmospheres, high energy

phenomena.

Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

320f. GALACTIC ASTRONOMY (3)

Physical structure and evolution of stars, exotic objects

within the galaxy, properties of interstellar gas, dust and

plasmas.

Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

361s. EXTR AG ALACTIC ASTRONOMY (3)

The origin and evolution of the universe is discussed,
together with the origin of the elements. The future
course the universe will take and the inflationary theory
will be discussed as well.
Prerequisite: 200; Physics 111
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in various specific areas of astronomy.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under the supervision
of a member of the department.

J997-J999CaMiog

Political Science,
Sociology and
Anthropology

Professor: Augustus B. Cochran, III
Associate Professors:

Martha Woodson Rees
Catherine V. Scott
Assistant Professors:

Juan A. AUende
Brenda A. Hoke

Political Science

Politics is, in the words of Brian Fay, our "deliberate
efforts to order, direct and control (our) collective
affairs and activities, to establish ends for our society
and to implement and evaluate these ends." There are
few contemporary issues, ranging from artistic freedom
to unemployment, from abortion to the environment,
that do not involve a significant political dimension.
The discipline of political science offers a student the
opportunity to think systematically about and to
evaluate critically our political life.

The program offers courses in the subfields of
political science: world politics, political theory and
comparative politics, including U.S. and Latin
American politics. Students may study these fields in
courses offered in a variety of formats: introductory
level, 200-level, and upper division. Course work in
the major culminates in a year- long senior research
seminar that allows each student to design and carry
out a research project on a topic of interest to her.
Classes are generally small and rely on a combination
of discussion and lecture.

Because political knowledge is so closely related to
other disciplines, we recommend that majors choose
electives from many areas, but especially from history,
philosophy and the social sciences.

We also encourage majors to participate in intern-
ships with local, state or national governments or
private institutions such as the Carter Center, in off-
campus study programs such as the Washington

99

Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology

Semester Program and the Public Leadership Educa-
tion Network (PLEN) program in Washington and in
the Global Awareness Program and Atlanta Semester
Program, both offered at Agnes Scott.

Requirements for the Major

102, 400 and 401

A minimum of 18 hours on the 300 level or above.

Students must choose at least one course from each

of the following four groups:
U.S. Institutions and Politics: 203, 301, 308, 311, 317
Political Theory: 313, 351, 354
World Politics: 103, 282, 326, 328
Comparative Politics: 205, 211, 320, 322, 342
Additional course that counts toward the major: LAS

107
A maximum of two from the following courses may

count toward the major:
Economics: 315, 334, 360
History: 314, 334, 338
Philosophy: 130, 215
A minimum of 30 hours is required for the major.

Requirements for the Minor

To minor in political science, a student must earn at
least 18 hours, 15 of which must be chosen from the
300 level or above. Cross-listed courses do not satisfy
the minimum requirements for the minor. A student
may select courses to reflect her interests, but the
minor program must be approved by the chair of the
department or faculty members designated by the
chair.

102f. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN

GOVERNMENT (3)

American political institutions and issues, including the
Supreme Court, Congress, the Presidency, parties,
elections, interest groups and contemporary political
ideologies.

1 03f . INTRODUCTION TO WORLD POLITICS (3)

Major developments in world politics since 1945: the
Cold War, international political economy, challenges to
state sovereignty and environmental issues.

203s. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW (3)

Examination of constitutional decisions interpreting the
powers of government and the rights of individuals to

due process and equal protection of the laws. Includes
issues of civil liberties and the civil rights of women and
minorities.

205s. COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3)

Examines representative political institutions, ideologies,
major public policies and social movements' influence in
democratic, post-communist and Third World political

systems.

211s. (Sociology 214) (Women's Studies 211)

WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

Women in Latin American history, especially in the
twentieth century. Focuses on women's social, political,
economic and cultural struggles and contributions.
Includes discussions of Latin American feminism, Indian
women and women in revolutions, regime transitions
and social movements.
Offered J 997-98 and alternate years

211 Ls. (Sociology 214) (Women's Studies 211 L)
(Spanish 301 L) WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

Reading and discussion of texts complementary and
parallel to those used in Political Science 211. Con-
ducted in Spanish.

Corequisite: Political Science 211 (Sociology 214)
(Women's Studies 211)

Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or permission of the instmctor
0//ered J 997-98

282f . U.S. FOREIGN POLICY SINCE 1 945 (3)

Critical interpretation and analysis of U.S. foreign policy
since the end of World War II, with a special focus on
the Vietnam War as a pivotal case study in understand-
ing the Cold War. Comparisons between Cold War and
post-Cold War foreign policy, changing relationships
between the U.S. and its allies, former enemies and the
third world and the development of new paradigms of
foreign policy making.

301f. UNITED STATES LEGAL SYSTEM (3)

Institutions, processes, basic concepts and personnel of
the United States judicial system.
Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the instructor

302s. CONFLICT RESOLUTION (3)

Theory and practice of conflict resolution. Includes

practicum at the Neighborhood Justice Center of

Atlanta.

Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the instructor

308s. SOUTHERN POLITICS

AND THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT (3)

Examination of Southern politics with emphasis on the

100

Agnes Scott College

Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology

interaction of race and class issues since World War II
and analysis of the impact of the civil rights movement
on changing national as well as regional politics and
public policies.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

31 1f. LATINO POLITICS (3)

History, community, profile and overview of the
experience of Latinos/as in the United States. Examines
the cultural background, values and political behavior of
this fast growing population. Includes a review of main
issues for Latinos/as (for example, immigration, health,
economic opportunities, hilingualism) and looks at
public policies affecting them.
Offered 1 997-98 arid alternate years

31 3f . (Women's Studies 31 3) GENDER POLITICS (3)

Analysis of various feminist perspectives on gender, race
and class; feminist analysis ot political issues; and the
feminist encounter with postmodernism.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

31 4s. (History 31 4) EUROPE SINCE 1 945 (3)

See History 314 for description.

314LS. (History 314L) (German 314L) EUROPE SINCE
1945, GERMAN
COMPONENT (1)

See German 314L for description.
. Not offered 1997-98

31 5f. (Economics 315) COMPARATIVE
PUBLIC POLICY

See Economics 315 tor description.

(3)

31 7s. POLITICS OF THE MASS MEDIA (3)

The role of mass media in political life, mcluding the
structure and decision-making processes of the media,
the interaction of the media with government and other
institutions, the impact of mass media in elections and
public policies toward the media.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

31 9s. PUBLIC POLICY (3)

Analysis ot the policy-making process and selected issues
of public policy such as poverty, education, affirmative
action, comparable worth, child care and worker
ownership of businesses.

Prerequisite: 102 or 205 or permission ot the instructor
Offered 1998-99 arid alternate years

320s. LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS (3)

Politics in contemporary Latin America, with special
emphasis on types of regimes (populist, authoritarian,
democratic and revolutionary) and political change.

Examines elite and popular responses to socioeconomic
crises and to global transformations.
Offered 1 998-99 arul alternate years

322f. POLITICS OF DEVELOPMENT (3)

Exploration of contending theories of development and
underdevelopment including modernization and
dependency theory, with case studies of development
politics in a variety of post-colonial states.
Prerequisite: 103 or 205 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

326s. APPROACHES TO INTERNATIONAL

RELATIONS (3)

Analysis of current theoretical approaches to interna-
tional relations, including realism, international regimes
and world order theory; particular focus on their utility
in understanding issues such as violence, the environ-
ment, politics and North-South divisions.
Prerequisite: 103 or permission ot the instructor

327f. POLITICS OF THE GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT (3)

Analysis of major ecological issues in global politics, such
as environmental regulations in industrial countries, the
flight of transnational corporations to lesser developed
nations, the export of hazardous substances, safety
standards for workers and the interaction of poverty,
ethnicity and environmental issues.

328s. (History 340) U.S.-LATIN AMERICAN

RELATIONS (3)

U.S. -Latin American relations from the Monroe
Doctrine to the present, with equal attention to social,
political and economic developments and to U.S.
guiding rationales to interact with the region. Looks also
at current events and problems such as drugs, military
intervention, economic integration, immigration, etc.

332f. (History 334) THE UNITED STATES
FROM 1914 TO 1945

See History 334 for description.

(3)

334s. (Economics 334) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (3)

See Economics 334 for description.

340s. (History 338) THE UNITED STATES

SINCE 1945 (3)

See History 338 for description.

342s. (Religious Studies 350) RELIGION AND

POLITICS IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

Surveys the role religion plays in politics and political
discourses. Emphasis on Roman Catholicism, but looks
at the increasing presence of Protestantism as well.

1997-1999 Catalog

101

Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology

Special attention given to liberation theologies, popular
churches, the role of the Bible and church-state relations.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

342LS. (Religious Studies 350L) (Spanish 302L)
RELIGION AND POLITICS IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See Spanish 302L for description.
Offered 1998-99

351f. DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND

PRACTICE (3)

Examination of debates among divergent models of
democracy and of the problems of democratic institu-
tions and practices in modem nation-states.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

354f. MARX AND RETHINKING MARXISM (3)

The thought of Karl Marx and subsequent developments
in socialist theory and practice. Includes topics in Neo-
Marxism in the twentieth century, the reassessment of
Marxism in the post- 1989 period and the Marxist
dialogue with contemporary radical thought.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

390f. TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

(3)

400f. RESEARCH METHODS AND DESIGN

SEMINAR (3)

Philosophy of social science, overview of social science
research methods and student design of a research
project to be completed in the spring semester. Open to
senior majors in political science and sociology-
anthropology or by permission of the department chair.

401s. (Sociology 401) (Anthropology 401) SENIOR
RESEARCH SEMINAR (4)

Faculty supervised research project in either political
science or sociology-anthropology.
Prerequisite: Political Science 400

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised study in a selected field of political science.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member of the program.

Sociology and Anthropology

The discipline of sociology focuses on the study of
human society, including social action and social
organizations. Sociologists use theories and scientific
research methods to examine social life in its multi-

102

tude of settings. Sociologists investigate the intercon-
nections of race, class, gender in the lives of members
of our society.

Anthropologists compare societies and cultures,
both the unity of humankind and the diverse and
unique ways different peoples meet basic human
needs. Much of the information anthropologists have
gathered comes from small-scale non-Western
societies. This represents an opportunity to step
outside familiar experience and broaden our under-
standing of what it means to be a human being.

Students are encouraged to cross-register with other
institutions in Atlanta. Students are also encouraged
to participate in Global Awareness or other programs
that give them diverse experiences. We recommend
that majors organize an internship or cross-cultural
research or living experience and pursue fluency in a
foreign language.

Requirements for the Major in Sociology
and Anthropology

Courses required in the discipline:

Anthropology 101

Sociology 101

Sociology 351

Political Science 400

Sociology or Anthropology 401

Six additional courses: three in anthropology and
three in sociology
Recommended course for majors planning
graduate study:

Psychology 206
Recommended course for majors planning to do
social work:

Sociology 219
Additional course that counts toward the major:

Africana Studies 170

A mininnum of 34 hours is required for the major.

Requirements for the Minor in Sociology
and Anthropology

Anthropology 101 or Sociology 101

Anthropology 102

Sociology 121,351

6 additional hours in anthropology or sociology

Agnes Scott College

Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology

Sociology

1 01 f ,s. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (3)

Current sociological theory and research as they relate to
primary units ot social life, social processes and social
institutions. Emphasis on relating concepts to contempo-
rary American society.

Sociology 101 or Anthropology 101 is the prerequisite for
all other courses in Sociology

121f. SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3)

Examination of alternative ways of defining, measuring
and intervening in social problems.

206f. (Psychology 206) RESEARCH STATISTICS (4)

See Psychology 206 for description.

211s. (Women's Studies 212) MARRIAGE

AND THE FAMILY (3)

The family as a basic social institution. The range of
alternative behaviors in contemporary family life. Role
relationships within the family and changes in family
patterns. Family organization in different social classes,
ethnic groups and Utopian communities.

214s. (Political Science 211) (Women's Studies 211)
WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 21 1 for description.

214LS. (Political Science 21 4L) (Women's Studies
21 1L) (Spanisli 301 L) WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See Political Science 211L for description.
Offered 1997-98

21 7f. (Education 217) SCHOOLS AND SOCIETY (3)

Education in cross-cultural perspective. The role ot
education in the transmission of values and culture. The
conflict between family and school. The inequality of
educational opportunity.

21 9f. PRACTICUM IN SOCIAL WELFARE (4)

Social welfare as a social institution and social work as a

profession. A critical component of the course is to place

the student in a supervised social work/welfare setting

such as a hospital, battered women's shelter or youth

rehabilitation service.

Limited to eight students

Prerequisite: 101 or Anthropology 101 or permission of

the instructor

Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

230s. (Women's Studies 231) RACE, CLASS AND
GENDER (3)

Survey of the history, basic theories and recent research
integrating these key concepts for modern society.
Systematic examination of the effects of these variables
on different groups in society.
Offered 1998-99 and alternate years

301s. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR AND SOCIAL

MOVEMENTS (3)

Examination of organized efforts at social change
through discussion of traditional and contemporary
perspective relative to collective action and American
social movements, such as, but not limited to, civil rights
and feminist movements.

325s. URBAN SOCIOLOGY (3)

An exploration ot social change, particularly the ways
societal processes and social structures influence human
behavior in urban settings. Issues such as urban poverty,
crime, environmental pollution, deindustrialization and
inequality in the distribution of city services will be
discussed.

341s. (Classics 341) (Women's Studies 341) WIVES,
WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS (3)

See Classics 341 for description.

341 Ls. (Classics 341 L) (Women's Studies 341 L) (Greel<
241Ly341L) (Latin 241L/341L) WIVES, WARRIORS,
SLAVES AND CITIZENS, GREEK AND LATIN
COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 34 IL for description.

350s. (Women's Studies 350) BLACK FEMINIST

THOUGHT: CHANGING IDEAS AND REALITIES (3)

Interdisciplinary analysis and critique of the history ot
ideas which make up African/Atrican-American thought
and feminist consciousness.
Prerequisite: 351 or permission ot the instructor

351f. SOCIAL THEORY (3)

Introduction to theory in social science, review of the
major theoretical constructs of the 19th century,
application in modem social science.

370s. AFRICAN AMERICAN IMAGES IN POPULAR
CULTURE (3)

Emphasis given to the impact of race on U.S. culture and
the interplay ot race and culture with politics.
Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours of credit for this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the
minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course
for 4 hours.

1997-1999 Catalog

103

Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology

380s. EMANCIPATORY NARRATIVES (3)

An investigation of the sociological impact of slavery on
society and the literary protest used by African-Ameri-
cans in the struggle for emancipation.
Ordinarily, students earn 3 hours of credit for this course.
Those students fulfilling the research requirement for the
minor in Africana Studies may elect to take this course
for 4 hours.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

401s. (Political Science 401) (Anthropology 401)

SENIOR RESEARCH SEMINAR (4)

See Political Science 401 tor description.

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Super\-ised intensive study in a special field of sociology.

482f,s. SOCIOLOGY SEMINAR (3)

A exploration of important sociological research topics.
Topics include issues related to the intersection of race,
class and gender. Open only to junior and senior
sociology-anthropology majors or by permission of the
instructor.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a member ot the program.

Anthropology

1 01 s. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Overview ot cultural universals and cultural diversity,
using comparative analysis of African, American, Asian
and other cultures. Examination of the impact of contact
between cultures and the contemporary condition of
indigenous peoples, using case studies (ethnographies),
ethnographic film and class activities.

1 02f. HUMAN ORIGINS AND DIVERSITY (3)

Overview ot evidence of the biological, social and
ecological bases of human behavior, from East African
fossils to the present; modern biological variation and its
effect on society. Examination of fossil material, artifacts
and contemporary skeletal material. Theoretical
explanations for physical and cultural development of
humans and other primates, including evolution and
ecology, with specific attention to the origins of race and
gender and implications tor contemporary society.

203s. INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF NORTH

AMERICA (3)

Overview of the archeology, ethnohistory, history and
contemporary conditions of indigenous peoples in North
America. Topics include indigenous and European

versions of historic and contemporary events; the effect
of contact, resistance and cultural change. The focus of
the course is ethnicity: its origin, content and role.
Prerequisite: 101

Offered 1 998-99 and alteniate years

270f. (Women's Studies 270) WOMEN, HEALTH AND
SOCIETY (3)

Cross-cultural concepts of women's bodies and health,
including reproduction and child care, health practitio-
ners and disease. Focus on gender, ethnic and class
differences in health, health concepts and health
practices.

Prerequisite: 101 and 102 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 998-99 and altertvite years

300Lf. (Spanish 300L) INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF
LATIN AMERICA, SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See Spanish 300L for description.
Not Offered J 997-98

304f. INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF LATIN AMERICA (3)

Overview of the archeology, ethnohistory, history and
contemporary condition of indigenous peoples in Latin
America. Topics include indigenous and European
versions of historic and contemporary events; the effect
of contact, resistance and culture change. The theoreti-
cal focus of the course is ethnicity: its origins, content
and role.

Prerequisite: 101 or Sociology 101 or permission of the
instructor
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

307s. HOUSEHOLD AND WORLD SYSTEMS (3)

An examination ot feminist, political economic,
household stragegy and other theories explaining the
relation between individuals, households, communities,
and the world. Narrative and quantitative life histories
test these theories through the analysis of people's lives.
Covers classical works, recent ethnographic studies and
interviewing, data analysis, and constructing life
histories.

Prerequisite: 101 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

331s. (Classics 331) MYTHOLOGICAL
PATTERNS AND THEMES

See Classics 331 for description.

(3)

331 Ls. (Classics 331 L) (Greek 231/331 L) (Latin 231 L/
331 L) MYTHOLOGICAL PATTERNS AND THEMES,
GREEK AND LATIN COMPONENT (1 )

See Classics 33 IL tor description.

104

Agnes Scott College

Political Science, Sociology and Anthropology, Psychology

390s. SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY (3)

Current research trends that may include such topics as
environmental, urban, development, feminist,
postmodern and indigenous anthropology, as well as life
histories and testimonials. Designed in collaboration
with students each semester. Includes recent works in
anthropology and current anthropological methods.
Open to majors and minors in sociology and anthropol-
ogy and to others with the permission of the instructor.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

401s. (Political Science 401) (Sociology 401)

SENIOR RESEARCH SEMINAR (4)

See Political Science 401 tor description.

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study in a special field of
anthropology.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision ot
a member of the program.

Psychology

Professor: Ayse Ilgaz Garden
Associate Professors:

Eileen L. Cooley
Barbara J. Blatchley
Visiting Assistant Professor: Douglas E. Wehb, Jr.

Psychology is the scientific study of human and
animal behavior. The departmental offerings
reflect the diversity of areas within the field.
The program for majors provides a strong background
in academic psychology, including opportunities for
both firsthand laboratory experiences and field
experiences.

Students who are planning to major in psychology
should consult with a faculty member in the program
as early in their college careers as possible.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

121, 206,207,2081,304, 405
Courses required outside of the discipline

(preferably taken before the end of the sophomore
year):

Biology 101 or 120 or 121

One course in mathematics excluding Mathematics
104 and 150, taken prior to or with 206
Courses recommended for the major within the
discipline:
At least one course in each of the following areas of

psychology:
Social: 130,240,305
Developmental/Personality: 200, 316
Disorders/Assessment: 310, 312
Cognitive/Physiological: 315, 320
Research/Field Experience: 324, 406, 410, 490
The minimum number of hours required for the
major is 30.

Requirements for the Minor

A minor in psychology must contain at least 22 hours
of work in psychology The minor program may be
designed by the student to reflect her unique objec-
tives; however, it is subject to the approval of the chair
in order to ensure disciplinary coherence and
relevance to the student's objectives.
Required courses:
121,206,207,2081

121f,s. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (4)

Scientific description of facts and principles of psychol-
ogy. Emphasis on methods and results of experimental
investigation of human and animal behavior.
Psycholo^ 121 is the prerequisite
for all other psychology courses.

130f,s. (Women's Studies 130) PSYCHOLOGY OF
WOMEN (3)

Critical review ot psychological theory and research
toward an understanding of the cognitive, social and
emotional behavior of women.

200f,s. (Education 200) HUMAN LIFE SPAN

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Development oi the individual from conception through
adulthood and old age.

206f. (Sociology 206) RESEARCH STATISTICS (4)

Basic theory, principles and applications ot statistics in
behavioral science research.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: one course in mathematics
excluding Mathematics 104 and 150

1997-1999 Catalog

105

Psychology

207s. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS (3)

Fundamentals of research methodology in psychology.
Topics include experimental, quasi-experimental and
descriptive research designs, internal and external
validity and research ethics.
Prerequisite: 206

208LS. LABORATORY IN RESEARCH DESIGN AND
METHODS (1)

Applied experience with research methods in psychol-
ogy. Research methods include experimental, quasi-
experimental and descriptive research designs.
Prerequisite or corequisite: 207

240s. PSYCHOLOGY OF CROSS-CULTURAL

CONTACT (3)

Theories and research on how individuals confront and
interact with members of other cultures, with special em-
phasis on factors that promote cross-cultural effective-
ness.

304s. HISTORY OF THEORY AND RESEARCH IN

PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Historical background for current theories and research
issues in psychology.

305f. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Behavior of the individual as influenced hy the behavior
and characteristics of other individuals.
Offered J 997-98 and alteinate years

310s. PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT (3)

Principles and issues of psychological assessment with an
emphasis on tests of personality and cognitive abilities.
Prerequisite: 206 or Mathematics 115

31 2f . ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Coverage of the diagnostic characteristics, theoretical
perspectives and treatments of the major psychological
disorders.

315f. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Human cognition and perception with selected topics
from attention, states of consciousness, human learning,
memory, imagery, concept formation, language, problem
solving, creative thinking and intelligence.

31 6f. PERSONALITY

Theory and research in the field of personality.
Offered 1 998-99 arui alternate years

(3)

320f. PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Neurophysiological basic of various mental and
behavioral processes such as sensory-motor mechanisms,

106

perception, emotion, motivation, thinking, memory,
language, sleep and consciousness.

324f,s. SPECIAL AREAS OF PSYCHOLOGY

A seminar focusing on a topic ot contemporary interest
in psychology. Each year the department will announce
the topic(s) to be offered during the next academic year.
Prerequisites beyond 121 and credit hours vary according
to topic. The nature of the topic determines the
inclusion of a laboratory component.
Clinical Psychology and Psychological Adjustment (3)
Individual and small group research project(s) in clinical
psychology and/or psychological adjustment will be
conducted. Students may register for one or two
semesters.
Prerequisite: 206 and permission of the instructor

Industrial/Organizational

Psychology (2)

Explores how people think and behave at work from
industrial/organizational perspectives. The industrial
perspective examines the theory and practice of
selection, training and evaluation of workers. The
organizational perspective investigates employee
satisfaction, leadership and cooperative processses. A
segment of the class is devoted to the study of forensic
psychology as well as other related topics of interest to
students.

Cognition and Brain Processes (3)

Examination of relationships between cognition and
brain processes through original psychological experi-
ments carried out in an area or areas selected from
sensation, perception, atention, memory, language and
thinking.
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Advanced General Psychology (3)

Summary, review and integration of major areas ot
psychology beyond the introductory level.

Biopsychology Research (3)

An examination of the effects of the characteristics of
the early rearing environment on central nervous system
structure and function. Students will conduct an original
collaborative experiment from design through data
collection and analysis. Prerequisite permission of the
instructor

Research in Social and Intercultural Psychology (3)

Students will examine selected research and issues in the
areas of social and intercultural psychology and will
conduct a collaborative research project involving data
collection and analysis.
Prerequiste: permission of the instructor

Agnes Scott College

Psychology, Religious Studies

405f. CONTEMPORARY RESEARCH IN

PSYCHOLOGY (3)

Contempurary research and problems in psychology with
an emphasis on the in-depth study of selected topics.
Prerequisite: 206, 207, 208L, 304 or permission of the
instructor

406s. PRACTICUM (3)

Supervised field placement focusing on psychopathology,
counseling, industrial/organizational psychology or
related areas. Placement activities are supplemented hy a
weekly seminar and research literature reviews.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor (Priority will
he given to senior psychology majors.)

410f,s. SPECIAL STUDY

Supervised intensive study in fields or problems ot
psychology.

(2-4)

481s. (Biology 481) INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR IN
ANIMAL/HUMAN BEHAVIOR (1)

Open to students taking a self-designed major in biology-
psychology or to senior majors in biology or in psychol-
ogy with adequate preparation in both disciplines, as
determined by consultation with both department chairs.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research is arranged under the supervision
of a member of the department.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required in the discipline:

A minimum 30-liour major, witli at least 12 hours on
tlie 300 or 400 level in the department, including
463
Other required courses are:

100, 101, 130, 131
Six hours must be taken in each of the
following:
Area II (Biblical Studies), Area ill (Religious Thought
and Social Context). Three hours must be taken
in area IV (World Religions).
No more than two of the following cross-listed
courses may be applied toward the minimum
major in religious studies:
Art 202; History 335; Political Science 342; Music

208.
A minimum of 30 hours in religious studies is
required for the major

Requirements for the Minor

One course at the 100 level and 15 additional hours,
including at least one upper-division religious studies
course. One cross-listed course may be applied to the
minor.

Religious Studies

Professor: John J. Carey
Associate Professor: Tina Pippin

The academic study of religion offers students
opportunity to explore some of the most
creative expressions of the human spirit in its
responses to "The Holy," "The Ultimate" or "God."

Courses are designed to cover the distinctive beliefs
and practices, sacred literatures and cultural expres-
sions of the great religious traditions of the world.
Special emphasis in the curriculum is placed on
biblical literature, as well as upon contemporary
expressions of religious thought.

Introductory Studies

lOOf. HEBREW SCRIPTURES (3)

Religious history and society of the people of Ancient
Israel as contained in their sacred Scriptures.

101s. NEW TESTAMENT (3)

Literature of the New Testament and its origins and
development in the early Jesus movement and early
Christianity.

130f. RELIGIONS OF INDIA AND ASIA (3)

A consideration of the origins and belief systems ot
Hinduism, Jainism, Sikhism, Zoroastrianism, Buddhism,
Taoism, Confucianism and Shinto.

131s. JUDAISM, CHRISTIANITY AND ISLAM (3)

A consideration oi the origins, divisions and beliefs of
the three major religions of the middle east.

1997-1999 Catalog

107

Religious Studies

II. Biblical Studies

304f. WORLD OF EARLY AND MEDIEVAL
CHRISTIANITY

(3)

Contribution ot late Jewish, Hellenistic and Roman
civilizations to the cultural matrix in which Christianity
was bom.
Prerequisite: 101

Offered 1 998-99 and alteTuate ;years

325f. TOPICS IN BIBLICAL STUDIES (3)

Topic in 1997-98: Apocalypse and Revolution

327s. LIFE AND LETTERS OF PAUL (3)

The apostle Paul and his writings. Special attention
given to the social context of his letters and the major
theological and ethical themes, along with studies ot his
literary style (rhetoric).
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

335f. JESUS OF NAZARETH IN HISTORY

AND FAITH (3)

The quest for the historical Jesus, with an analysis of

sources and the form that this inquiry took in the

nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Contemporary film

depictions of Jesus are also considered.

Prerequisite: 101

Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

III. Religious Thought and Social
Context

202f. (Art 202) MEDIEVAL ART

See Art 202 for description.

(3)

207f. RELIGION IN AMERICA (3)

Consideration of historical and theological issues of

diverse religious groups. Discussion of selected issues,

such as immigration patterns, church and state relations,

social responsibility, ecumenism, revivalism and

fundamentalism.

Offered J 997-98 and alternate years

21 Of. SCIENCE AND RELIGION (3)

A consideration of various topics of mutual interest to
science and religion, such as creation, origins of life,
medical ethics and environmental concerns.

224f. (Women's Studies 224) WOMEN AND

RELIGION (3)

The role of women in shaping religious history from the
ancient to the modem period. Primary historical writings
and theological statements, as well as contemporary

expressions in ritual, fiction and non-fiction, film, art,
music, dance and poetry.

331s. (Women's Studies 331) FEMINIST AND

WOMANIST ETHICS AND SPIRITUALITY (3)

Exploration into the ethical and theological bases of
women's ways of knowing and the broader religious
conversation of white feminists and women of color.

340f. (History 335) BLACK PROTEST THOUGHT IN
AMERICA FROM SLAVERY TO THE PRESENT (3)

See History 335s. tor description.

345s. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3)

Examination from a Western philosophical perspective
of such questions as the meaning of God, evil, suffering,
religious experience, religious knowledge and immortal-
ity.

Prerequisite: Any 100-level course in Religious Studies
or one course in Philosophy
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

350f. (Political Science 342) RELIGION AND POLITICS
IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 342 tor description.

350Ls. (Political Science 342L) (Spanish 302L)
RELIGION AND POLITICS IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See Spanish 302L for description.
OiferedJ 998-99

355s. PROTESTANT FAITH AND PRACTICE (3)

Origins of Protestantism in the Reformation and in sub-
sequent reform movements. Leading thinkers considered
are Luther, Calvin, Wesley, Kierkegaard, Schleiermacher
and Hamack. Attention given to the leadership of
women in the various streams of Protestantism.
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

360s. CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS THOUGHT (3)

Leading thinkers and issues of the 20th century. The
impact of World War I, World War 11, Vatican II and
liberation movements on religious thought is assessed.
Prerequisite: One course in Religious Studies
Offered 1997-98 and alternate years

365f. RELIGIOUS ETHICS (3)

The nature, methods and basic issues of religious ethics,

considering both matters of personal conduct and social

concern. Special attention is given to feminist critiques

of traditional Western approaches to ethics.

Prerequisite: 100, 101, Ml or permission of the

instructor

Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

108

Agnes Scott College

Religious Studies, Theatre and Dance

IV. World Religions

230s. (Women's Studies 230) FEMINISM, CULTURAL
CRITICISM AND WORLD RELIGIONS (3)

Examines the cross-cultLiral dialogue ot feminists in a
variety ot religious expressions (Islam, Buddhism,
Sikhism, Judaism, Christianity, African Religions, Native
American Religions) and includes issues ot gender, race,
ethnicity, class and ideology in religion.

330f. TOPICS IN WORLD RELIGIONS (3)

Seminar focusing on a special problem within one of the

world's historic religions or on new developments in the

field of comparative literature.

Prerequisite: 130 or 131 or permission of the instructor

May be taken more than once if topic varies

Topic for 1997-98: Religions ot Native Americans

Topic for 1998-99: Religions of Africa

V. Special Studies in Religion

208s. (Music 208) HISTORY OF SACRED MUSIC (3)

See Music 208 tor description.

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Directed reading course supervised by a member ot the

department.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

463s. JUNIOR-SENIOR SEMINAR IN RELIGION

Examination of a variety of topics ot current interest in
the study of religion. The seminar attempts to yoke the
theory and practice of religion.

Topic for fall 1997: Sociology of Religion Covers some
of the classic readings in the theory of the sociology of
religion, including readings from Max Weber, Emile
Durkheim, Karl Marx and B. Malinowski. More
contemporary readings will be done in the work of
Robert Bellah, Peter Berger, Liston Pope, Will Herberg,
Ernst Troeltsch and J. Gordon Melton. The class
explores the classic distinctions of the terms "church,"
"sect," and "cult" and examines several new religious
movements. May be repeated it topic varies. Required for
all majors.

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under supervision ot a
member of the department.

Theatre and Dance

Professor: Marylin B. Darling, Director of Dance
Associate Professor: Dudley W. Sanders

Theatre

The Theatre program investigates the richness of
theatre as a cultural product central to an
understanding of human social systems. The program
emphasizes the development of personal creativity
through produced plays and other performance
projects. It also provides an interdisciplinary study of
the breadth and application of theatrical techniques
both on-stage and in other realms of human activity.
The department actively engages in a season of
student and faculty productions on the Winter
Theatre stage, supported by a foundational training
program in acting, directing, playwriting and theatre
production.

Students who are considering a major in theatre
should consult with faculty in the program early in
their college careers as some courses are offered only in
alternate years.

Requirements for the Major

Courses required In the discipline:

100, 131, 203, 250, 308, 310, 312, 313, 326
One of the following resulting in a public perfor-
mance: 327, 329, 410, 415 or 490
Courses required outside the discipline:

Two of the following; English 313, 314, 315, 323,

329; German 305
Theatre majors must be active Blackfriars during

their junior and senior years. They also must

assume active leadership roles in significant

aspects of Blackfriars productions.
This major requires a minimum of 32 credit hours in

the discipline and 6 hours outside the discipline.

Requirements for the lUlinor

A minor in theatre must contain at least 18 hours. The
student may design her own program to reflect a
particular interest or emphasis, such as a focus on an

1997-1999 Catalog

109

Theatre and Dance

aspect of production or area of study. The program is
devised with the guidance and approval of the chair of
the department. A student electing a theatre minor
must be an active member of Blacl<friars for at least
one full year of her time at Agnes Scott. She must take
an active leadership role in the creative effort of
theatre production for at least one Blackfriars show.

lOOf. INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE (4)

Study and practice of the theatre as a performing art

within its historical context. Explorations of and

experiences in dramatic literature, acting, directing and

design.

3 LEG, 1 LAB

117f,s. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC SPEAKING (3)

Techniques of effective oral communication including
methods of organization, means of presentation and
voice and diction, practiced in the context of group
process and oral presentation.
Does not satisfy Distributional Standard in Fine Arts

131f. ACTING I: IMPROVISATION AND CHARACTER
DEVELOPMENT (3)

As a foundation in acting technique, exercises and
presentations explore the creative process and free the
student's imagination for application to scene study and
class performance. Equal emphasis on improvisation and
character development in preparation for performance
assignments.

203f. (English 203) DRAMATIC WRITING I (3)

Principles of the craft of the playwright with an
emphasis on dramatic structure and the resources of the
theatre through the reading of playscripts and the writing
of a one-act play.
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor

235s. ACTING II: CHARACTER DEVELOPMENT AND
TEXT ANALYSIS (3)

Text analysis, scene study and acting theory with major
emphasis on factors of character, environment and
approach. Concentration on practice in the preparation
and presentation of performance assignments.
Prerequisite: 131 or permission of the instructor

250s. DESIGN FOR THE STAGE I (3)

Principles of costume and scenic design for theatre and
dance. Emphasis on script analysis, basic composition,
period research, rendering techniques and execution of
designs in a color medium.

280f,s. THEATRE AND DANCE PRODUCTION (1-2)

Arranged credit for creative work in design, technical
theatre or acting for a given Blackfriars production or for
all aspects of technical assistance in dance productions
over the course of a semester. Students may earn up to
four hours of practicum credit toward the major in
theatre and the minor in dance and up to two hours for
the minor in theatre. The number of hours to be awarded
is by arrangement with the supervising professor and the
department chair.

Does not satisfy the distributional standard in fine arts
Prerequisite: permission of the supervising professor and
the department chair.

308f. HISTORY OF THEATRE AND DANCE I (3)

Examination of the role of theatre and dance inWestem
society from their early origins up to 1800. Emphasis on
political and religious context and on the style and
practice of theatre and dance as a reflection of a culture's
value system and social structure. Includes discussion of
Western thinkers who have contributed to the under-
standing of theatre and dance and their social/intellec-
tual context.
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

31 Os. HISTORY OF THEATRE AND DANCE II (3)

Continuation ot Theatre 308. 1800 to the present.
Prerequisite: 308 or permission of instructor
Offered 1 998-99 and alternate years

31 2f. (Women's Studies 312) FEMALE IDENTITY

AND THE MAKING OF THEATRE (3)

A study of how theatre reflects the status and role of
women in various cultures through examination of the
portrayal of women in drama and film, of women as
critics/theorists and of women as participants in the
making of theatre.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

313s. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEATRE AND DANCE (3)

Study in contemporary and critical issues affecting the
theatre as a social and aesthetic institution. Emphasis on
the potential of theatre as an instrument for change.
May be repeated if subject matter varies.
Prerequisite: 131 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

326f. DIRECTING I (3)

Study in approaches to realizing a script in performance.
Focus on text analysis, creation of a promptbook and the
presentation of directed scenes.
Prerequisite: 100 and 131 or permission of the instructor

110

Agnes Scott College

Theatre and Dance

327s. DIRECTING II (4)

Practical and creative application of directing theories
and techniques through the analysis, audition, rehearsal
and public performance of a one-act play.
Prerequisite: 326

329s. ACTING III: TEXT ANALYSIS AND ACTING

STYLES (3)

Study and practice in the presentation of scenes for
women in various theatrical styles from diverse cultures
and time periods.

Prerequisite: 235 or permission of the instructor
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

344s. (English 344) DRAMATIC WRITING II (3)

Principles ot the cratt ot the screenwriter with an

emphasis on film structure and format through the

reading of screenplays and the writing of a feature-length

scenario.

Prerequisite: 203 or permssion of the instructor

350f. DESIGN FOR THE STAGE II (3)

Advanced principles of scenic design, stagecraft and
lighting. Emphasis on theatrical drafting, mechanical
perspective methods, construction techniques for two-
and three-dimensional scenery and lighting equipment
and design. Practical application of techniques through
participation in production.
2 LEG, 1 LAB

Prerequisite: Theatre 250 or permission of the instructor
Not open to students ivho have taken Theatre 200 or 301
without permission of the instructor

41 Of ,S. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study of selected topics in theatre
history or dramatic literature or supervised advanced
projects in the areas of acting, design, directing or dance.

415f,s. (English 415) ADVANCED CREATIVE

WRITING (3)

Individual conferences with emphasis on sustained
creative writing projects in poetry, fiction or drama.
Prerequisite: English 341,342, 344 or permission of the
instructor

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Exploration ot an area ot intellectual or artistic interest
which results in the creation of a major work of the
dance or theatre arts or a significant research project.

Dance

The student who minors in dance learns from the
masters of the profession and experiences dance as
a cultural endeavor in the liberal arts tradition. This
program prepares the student to dance and perform in
a variety of settings and combines the discipline of
dance with other areas or majors.

All dance minors must audition for the minor.
These students are adjudicated by a panel of qualified
dance professionals and experts. Placement is deter-
mined after auditions are completed and adjudicated.

Requirements for the Minor

A minimum of 22 liours is required for the minor. All
students must reach and/or maintain an advanced
level of competency in one major area (ballet,
modern or jazz) and an intermediate level of
competency in at least two other dance areas
(ballet, modern, jazz, tap or other stylistic forms).
Dance minors must be active participants in Studio
Dance Theatre their junior and senior years. They
must assume active leadership roles in Studio
Dance Theatre.
A minimum of 3 hours must be taken from the core
curriculum below. Any level of dance technique may
be repeated once for credit with the permission of
the instructor. These courses are open to students
by permission of the director. Each course has an
adjudication prerequisite: 211, 212, 213, 222, 311,
312,313,322,411,412,413,422.
Students are required to take all of the
following:

Practical:314, 315, THE280
Theoretical: 317; THE 308, THE 310
Students may elect courses from diverse areas. All
elective courses must have the approval of the
director of dance and the chair of the appropriate
program.
Credit received in satisfying piiysical education
course requirements cannot apply to courses for
the dance minor Credit received in courses
satisfying tlie dance minor cannot apply to tfie
physical education requirements.

1997-1999 Catalog

111

Theatre and Dance

111. INTRODUCTION TO BALLET

Introduction to ballet technique, terminology and
history as well as the Cecchetti positions.

(1)

112. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN DANCE (1)

Introduction to modem dance technique, improvisation
and elements of contemporary dance are emphasized.

113. JAZZ (1)

Introduction to elements ot ja:: dance explored along
with ja:: technique, terminology and history.

114. FOLK, SQUARE AND SOCIAL DANCE (1)

International folk dances, American square dances and
social dance from 1930 to the present taught.
Offered J 998-99 and alternate years.

122. TAP

Introduction to basic elements of tap.
Offered 1 997-98 and alternate years

(1)

211.BEGINNING BALLET (1)

Beginning ballet technique, terminology and history.
The Cecchetti body positions, port a bras, and technique
are emphasized.

212. BEGINNING MODERN (1)

Beginning modem dance technique, improvisation and
elements of contemporary' are emphasized.

213. BEGINNING JAZZ (1)

Beginning elements of jazz dance are explored along with
yazz technique, terminology and history.

222. BEGINNING TAP (1)

Beginning elements of tap technique are taught. A
beginning dance or center floor routine is taught each
session.

230. STUDIO DANCE THEATRE (1)

Prerequisite: selection by audition and permission of the
instructor

311. INTERMEDIATE BALLET (1 )

Intermediate ballet technique and terminology as well as
Cecchetti instruction.

312. INTERMEDIATE MODERN (1)

Intermediate modem dance technique, improvisation
and intermediate levels of contemporary are emphasized.

313. INTERMEDIATE JAZZ (1)

Intermediate elements of jazz dance are explored and
intermediate jazz technique is emphasized.

314. DANCE PERFORMANCE (1)

Dance performance includes actual time in Studio Dance
Theatre productions.

315. CHOREOGRAPHY (1)

Includes actual choreographic work presented in Studio
Dance Theatre performances.

317. DANCE COMPOSITION AND

MOVEMENT (3)

This course will consist of exploration of all ranges ot
dance composition using the elements ot levels, space,
time, rhythm, dynamics, textures and styles.

322. INTERMEDIATE TAP AND CLOG (1)

Intermediate tap and clog technique is taught. At least
one dance is required at the end ot the semester.

41 1 . ADVANCED BALLET (1 )

Advanced ballet technique and pointe work emphasized.

412. ADVANCED MODERN (1)

Advanced modern dance technique emphasized.

413. ADVANCED JAZZ (1)

Advanced jazz technique taught in a range of styles,
including but not limited to Giordano, Fosse, Genero,
Luigi and Alley.

415. ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHY (1)

Continuation of 315. Deals with more advanced aspects
ot the choreographic process. The culmination of the
course will be a presentation of the choreography in
performance.
Prerequisite: Dance 315

417. ADVANCED DANCE COMPOSITION AND

MOVEMENT (3)

Explores the elements of dance composition in greater
detail and at a more advanced level. The course explores
all ranges of dance composition using the elements of
levels, space, time, rhythm, dynamics, textures and styles
on an advanced level.
Prerequisite: Dance 317

422. ADVANCED TAP AND CLOG (1)

Advanced tap and clog technique is taught. Two or more
dances are required at the end of the semester.

112

Agnes Scott College

Women's Studies

Women's Studies

Director: Gail Cabisius

The Program in Women's Studies integrates
liberal arts education at Agnes Scott by
offering students opportunities to focus on
women through introductory and specialized courses,
research and internships. Working closely with the
academic departments and with several campus
organizations, Women's Studies seeks to promote
understanding and analysis of women's experience in
multicultural perspective through scholarship and
community activities.

Women's Studies courses, which may be interdisci-
plinary or disciplinary, explore gender as well as race,
ethnicity, culture and class as categories of analysis and
encourage students to develop their skills in critical
thinking and oral and written expression. Courses in
the program emphasize women's past and present roles
in culture, politics, economy, family, society, the arts
and sciences or areas of study such as gender roles,
feminist theory, lesbian studies, contemporary legal
and political questions, women and work, women's
education or women and global issues.

Students may choose to minor in Women's Studies
or to complement their majors and minors with a
selection of Women's Studies courses. A major in
Women's Studies may be arranged through the
student-designed major option in consultation with
the director.

Requirements for the IVIInor

Students may minor in Women's Studies by selecting
a program of at least 6 courses chosen in consulta-
tion witti the Women's Studies director.

Required courses: 100, 340

450 may count as one course.

100s. WOMEN, CULTURE AND SOCIETY (3)

An introduction to Women's Studies. Using feminist
perspectives and scholarship, this interdisicplinary course
examines the experiences of women in the United
States, analyzes institutions and practices that affect

women and develops connections to women in other
cultures.

130f,s. (Psychology 130) PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN (3)

See Psychology 1 30 tor description.

211$. (Political Science 211) (Sociology 214)

WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA (3)

See Political Science 21 1 tor description.

211LS. (Political Science 211L) (Sociology 214L)
(Spanish 301 L) WOMEN IN LATIN AMERICA,
SPANISH COMPONENT (1)

See I^olitical Science 211L tor description.
Offered 1997-98

212s. (Sociology 211) MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY (3)

See Sociiilogy 211 tor description.

216s. (English 216) TOPICS ON WOMEN AND

LITERATURE (3)

See English 216 for description.

219f. (Music 219) WOMEN IN WORLD MUSIC (3)

See Music 219 for description.

220f. (Music 220) WOMEN IN MUSIC: THE WESTERN
MUSICAL TRADITIONS (3)

See Music 220 for description.

220LS. (German 320L) (Music 220L) WOMEN IN
MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL TRADITIONS,
GERMAN COMPONENT (1)

See German 320L for description.
Not offered 1997-98

221 Lf. (French 221 L) (Music 221 L). WOMEN IN
MUSIC: THE WESTERN MUSICAL
TRADITIONS, FRENCH COMPONENT (1)

See French 22 IL for description.
Offered 1997-98

224f. (Religious Studies 224) WOMEN AND

RELIGION (3)

See Religious Studies 224 tor description.

230s. (Religious Studies 230) FEMINISM, CULTURAL
CRITICISM AND WORLD RELIGIONS (3)

See Religious Studies 230 for description.

231s. (Sociology 230) RACE, CLASS AND GENDER (3)

See Sociology 230 tor description.

263s. TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES (3)

An interdisciplinary course tocusing on an aspect ot

1997-1999 Catalog

113

Women's Studies

women's history-, teminist theory-, women's creative
works, women in cross-cultural perspectives, depictions
of women and theories about women. Some understand-
ing of basic issues in women's studies is recommended.
Course may be repeated for credit when subject matter
varies. A Topics in Women s Studies course may be credited
toward a major or a minor in another department with the
approval of the chair 0} that department.

270f. (Anthropology 270) WOMEN, HEALTH AND
SOCIETY (3)

See Anthropology' 270 tor description.

311s. (Art 311) THE RISE OF THE WOMAN

ARTIST (3)

See Art 311 for description.

31 2f. (Theatre 312) FEMALE IDENTITY AND THE

MAKING OF THEATRE (3)

See Theatre 312 tor description.

313f. (Political Science 313) GENDER POLITICS (3)

See Political Science 313 tor description.

322f. (History 322) WOMEN IN MODERN

EUROPEAN HISTORY (3)

See History 322 tor description.

330s. (History 330) THE HISTORY OF WOMEN IN
AMERICA (3)

See History 330 tor description.

331s. (Religious Studies 331) FEMINIST AND

WOMANIST ETHICS AND SPIRITUALITY (3)

See Religious Studies 331 tor description.

340f. CONTEMPORARY FEMINIST THEORY (3)

A cross-disciplinary study ot feminist theorists represent-
ing a variety of approaches.

341s. (Classics 341) (Sociology 341) WIVES,
WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS

See Classics 341 for description.

(3)

341 Ls. (Classics 341 L) (Sociology 341 L)

(Greek 241L/341L) (Latin 241L/341L) WIVES,
WARRIORS, SLAVES AND CITIZENS, GREEK
AND LATIN COMPONENT (1)

See Classics 341L tor description.

350s. (Sociology 350) BLACK FEMINIST THOUGHT:
CHANGING IDEAS AND REALITIES (3)

See Sociology 350 for description.

41 Of ,s. SPECIAL STUDY (2-4)

Supervised intensive study of selected texts or a particu-
lar field within women's studies.

450f,s. INTERNSHIP

(1-10)

480f. COLLOQUIUM ON WOMEN IN CROSS-
CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE (3)

A non-hierarchical, collective learning experience open
to students and faculty and focusing on some aspect of
women in crosscultural perspective. Emphasis, content
and methodology are determined by the group.
Prerequisite: permission of the director of Women's
Studies

490f,s. INDEPENDENT STUDY (4-8)

Independent research arranged under the supervision of
a faculty member.

114

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Agnes Scott College Faculty

(Date after name indicates year of appointment)

Juan AUende (1993)

B.S. louia State University, M.A., Ph.D. University of

North Carolina;

M.Div. Emory University
Assistant Professor of Political Science

Christopher Ames (1986)

B.A. University of Texas at Austin; Ph.D. Stanford

University
Associate Professor of English

Bona W. Ball (1967)

B.A. University of Virginia; M.A.T. Duke University;

Ph.D. University of Kentucky
Ellen Douglas Leybum Professor of English

David P. Behan( 1974)

B.A. Yale University; Ph.D. Vanderbilt University
Professor of Philosophy

Anne E.Beidler( 1992)

B.A. Earlham College; B.F.A. University of

Connecticut; M. F.A. University of Massachusetts
Assistant Professor of Art

Ruth Bettandorff (1992)

B.A. California State University;

M.A., Ph.D. University of Mississippi
Associate Dean of the College and Director of Graduate
Studies; Assistant Professor of Education

SarahR. Blanshei(1990)

B.A. Bates College; M. A., Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College
Dean of the College; Professor of History

Barbara]. Blatchley( 1990)

B.A. Indiana University; Ph.D. University of South

Carolina
Associate Professor of Psychology

Sandra T.Bowden( 1968)

B.S. Georgia Southern College; M.A., Ph.D. L/jiii'ersit;y

of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Charles A. Dana Professor of Biology

Arthur L. Bowling Jr. (1977)

B.S. College of William and Mary; M.S., Ph.D.

University of Illinois
Associate Professor of Physics

Gail M.Buccino( 1995)

B.S. University of Bridgeport; M.A.L.S. Albertus

Magnus College
Assistant Dean of the College and Director of Academic

Advising

Mary Brown Bullock (1995)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A., Ph.D. Stanford

University
President of the College; Professor of History

Ronald L.Bymside( 1975)

B.A. Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; M.A. Yale

University;

Ph.D. University of Illinois
Charles A. Dana Professor of Music

Gail Cabisius (1974)

B.A. Smith College; M.P.A. Georgia State Unit'ersit^y;

M.A., Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College
Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Penelope Campbell (1965)

B.A. Ba^ilor University; M.A., Ph.D. Ohio State

University
Charles A. Dana Professor of History

Paige S.CardeK 1995)

B.S., M.Ed. Radford University
Head Coach of Soccer and Basketball; Instructor in
Physical Education

Aysellgaz Garden (1978)
B.A. Agnes Scott College;

M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Professor of Psychology

1997-1999 Catalog

115

Organization of the College

JohnJ. Carey (1989)

A.B., Ph.D. Duke University ;

B.D..S. T.M.Yale University
Wallace M. Alston Professor of Bible and Religion

Augustus B. Cochran, III (1973)

B.A. Davidson College; M.A. Indiana University; Ph.D.
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
].D. Georgia State University
Professor of Political Science

Eileen L.Cooley( 1988)

B.A. University of Colorado; M.S. University of

Oregon; M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Associate Professor of Psychology

Christine S. Cozzens (1987)

B.A., M.A. Stanford University; Ph.D. University of

California, Berkeley
Associate Professor of English

Rosemary' T. Cunningham (1985)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Fordham University
Professor of Economics

Marylin Barfield Darling (1971)

B.S., M.M. FloridaState University; Ph.D. Georgia

State University
Professor of Dance

Christopher G. De Free (1996)

B.S. Duke University; M.S., Ph.D. University of

North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Assistant Professor of Physics and Research Associate

JuhaK.De Free (1996)

B.A. Duke University; M.A., Ph.D. University

of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Assistant Professor of French

Rosemary Eberiel (1985)

B.A. University of Wisconsin; Faculte des Lettres,
University of Aix-Marseille;
Ph.D. Harvard University
Assistant Professor of French

J. FhU Gibson (1995)

B.A. Oklahovna State University; M.A. University of

Georgia; Ph.D. University of Colorado
Assistant Professor of Biology

Michele K.Gillespie (1990)

B.A. Rice University; M.A., Ph.D. Princeton University

Associate Professor of History
116

StevenR. Guthrie (1985)

B.A. Antioch College; Ph.D. Brown University
Associate Professor of English

Lilia Cuesta Harvey (1994)

B.S. Florida International University; Ph.D. Georgia

Institute of Technology
Assistant Professor of Chemistry

Linda C.Hodges (1992)

B.S. Centre College of Kentucky;
Ph.D. University of Kentucky
William Rand Kenan Professor of Chemistry

BrendaA. Hoke(1993)

B.A. North Carolina Central University; M.A. Atlanta
University; M.A. State University of New York,
Stonybrook; Ph.D. State University of New York,
Stonybrook

Assistant Professor of Sociology

Linda L.Hubert (1968)

B.A. Agnes Scott College;

M.A., Ph.D. Emory University
Professor of English

Cue Pardue Hudson (1974)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A.T. Emory University
Dean of Students; Instructor in Education

Mary Kathryn Owen Jarboe (1974)
B.A. Ag7res Scott College
Registrar

Calvert Johnson (1986)

B.A. Kalamazoo College; M.M., D.M. Northu'estem

University
Professor of Music; College Organist

Violet M.Johnson (1992)

B.A. University of Sierra Leone; M.A. University of

New Brunswick; Ph.D. Boston College
Assistant Professor of History

Katharine D. Kennedy (1981)
B.A. Duke University; M.A.
Associate Professor of History

RobertA. Leslie (1970)

B.S. Davidson College; M.A., Ph.D. University of

Georgia
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Agnes Scott College

Ph.D. Stanford University

Organization of the College

Myrtle H.Lewin (1983)

B.Sc. Witwatersrand University, Johannesburg, South

Africa; M.A.,

Ph.D. University of Wisconsin
Professor of Mathematics

Sally A. MacEwen( 1982)

B.A. Mount Holy oke College; M.A., Ph.D. University

of Pennsylvania
Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Thomas L.Maier( 1990)

B.A. Franklin and Marshall College; Ph.D. University of

South Carolina
Director of Information Technology Services; Associate

Professor of Chemistry

Richard W.Martin (1996)

B.A., M.S., Ph.D. University of Illinois at Urbana-

Champaign
Assistant Professor of Economics

Theodore K. Mathews (1967)

B.A. Brown University; M.A.T. Harvard University;

Ph.D. University of Michigan
Professor of Music

Terry S.McGehee( 1976)

B.A. Queens College; M.F.A. Washington University
Professor of Art

Mollie Merrick (1959)

B.A. Agnes Scott College; M.A. Teachers' College of

Columbia University
Associate Dean of Students

Virginia Moreland (1993)

B.A. University of Rhode Island; M.A. Boston College;

M.L.J.S. University of California-Berkeley
College Librarian

GiselaNorat(1993)

B.S. St. Peter's College; B.A. Montclair State College;

M.A. New York University; Ph.D. Washington

University
Assistant Professor of Spanish

Rafael Ocasio( 1989)

B.A. University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras; M.A.

Eastern New Mexico University;

Ph.D. University of Kentucky
Associate Professor of Spanish

Richard D. Parry (1967)

B.A. Georgetown University; M.A. Yale University;
Ph.D. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Philosophy

JohnF.Pilger(1979)

B.S., Ph.D. University of Southern California
Professor of Biology

PatricaG. Pinka(1969)

B.A. University of Pittsburgh; M.A. San Francisco State

College; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Professor of English

Tina Pippm( 1989)

B.A. Mars Hill College; M.Div. Candler School of

Theology; Th.M., Ph.D. Southern Baptist Theological

Seminary
Associate Professor of Religious Studies

Martha Woodson Rees (1990)

B.A.,M. A., Ph.D. University of Colorado
Associate Professor of Anthropology

Lawrence H. Riddle (1989)

B.S. Camegie-MeHon University; Mathematical Tripos,

Part III, Cambridge University; M.S., Ph.D.

University of Illinois
Associate Professor of Mathematics

Donna L.Sadler (1986)

B.A. Boston University; M.A., Ph.D. Indiana

University
Associate Professor of Art

Alberto C.Sadun (1984)

B.S., Ph.D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Associate Professor of Astronomy

Dudley W Sanders (1979)

A.B. Ken^ion College; M.F.A. Northwestern University
Associate Professor of Theatre

Catherine V.Scott (1984)

B.A. University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D. Emory

University
Associate Professor of Political Science

Edmund J. Sheehey (1987)

B.A., M.A. Fordham University; Ph.L., M.Div.

Woodstock College; Ph.D. Michigan State University
Hal and Julia T. Smith Chair of Free Enterprise

1997-1999 Catalog

117

Organization of the College

Tracy St. John (1996)

B.A. Mercer University; M.S. University of Tennessee,

Knoxville
Coach/Physical Education Instructor

KarenJ. Thompson (1992)

B.A. Occidental College; Ph.D. University of Oregon
Assistant Professor of Biology

Peggy Thompson (1985)

B.A., M.A. Arizona State University; M.A. Emory

University; M.A., Ph.D. Indiana University
Associate Professor of English

Willie Tolliver, Jr. (1996)

B.A. Williams College; M.A. University of Chicago;

Ph.D. University of Chicago
Assistant Professor of English

T. Leon Venable( 1983)

B.S. Davidson College; Ph.D. University of Virginia
Associate Professor of Chemistry

Douglas E.Webb, Jr. (1996)

B.A. , M.A. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State

University; M.A., Ph.D. Georgia State University
Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology

Julie A. Weisberg( 1991)

B.S. Tufts University; M.Ed. Emory University; Ph.D.

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Assistant Professor of Education

Jane B. West (1994)

B.S. Mississifif)! College; M.A. Louisiana State

University; Ed.D. University of Georgia
Assistant Professor of Education

IngridE.Wieshofer(1970)

Teacher's Diploma, Ph.D. University ofViemia
Professor of German

IsaD. Williams (1995)

B.A. Spelman College; M.A. Georgia State L/niversit^y;

Ph.D. Emory University
Director, Women, Leadership and Social Change;

Assistant Professor of Women's Studies

Harry E.Wistrand( 1974)

B.A. Austin Collge; M.A. North Texas State University;

Ph.D. Arizona State University
Professor of Biology

01gaYiparaki(1994)

B.A. The College ofWooster; Ph.D. University of

Michigan, Ann Arbor
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Emeritae/i Staff

Mary Alverta Bond, B.A. (19604994)
Administrative Assistant to the President

Emeritae/i Faculty

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning and ending of service
at Agnes Scott College.)

Mary Virginia Allen, Ph.D. (1948-1951; 1954-1979)
Professor of French

Margaret Perry Ammons, Ph.D. (1969-1989)
Professor of Education

Gunther Bicknese, Dr. Phil. (1976-1991)
Professor of German

Christahel P Braunrot, Ph.D. (1976-1995)
Associate Professor of French

JackT Brooking, Ph.D. (1974-1985)
Professor of Theatre

Michael J. Brown (1960-62; 1965-1997)
Professor of History

Frances Clark Calder, Ph.D. (1953-1969; 1974-1986)
Professor of French

William A. Calder, Ph.D. (1947-1971)
Professor of Physics and Astronomy

Kwai Sing Chang, Ph.D. (1956-1986)
Professor of Bible and Religion

Huguette D. Chatagnier, Ph.D. (1969-1993)
Associate Professor of French

Alice J. Cunningham, Ph.D. (1966-67; 1968-1992)
Professor of Chemistry

Miriam Koontz Dnicker, Ph.D. (1955-1990)
Professor of Psychology

118

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Mary Walker Fox, B.A. (1937-1944; 1952-1979)
Instructor in Chemistry

Julie T. Gary, Ph.D. (1957-1984)

Dean of the College, Professor of Chemistry

John Lewis GigniUiat, Ph.D. (1969-1989)

Associate Professor of History

Nancy Pence Groseclose, Ph.D. (1947-1979)
Professor of Biology

Mary Eloise Herbert, M.A. (1954-1991)
Associate Professor of Spanish

Judith B. Jensen, M.L.S. (1977-1993)
Librarian

Edward C. Johnson, Ph.D. (1965-1995)
Associate Professor of Economics

Kathryn A. Manuel, PH.D. (1958-1992)
Professor of Physical Education

Raymond Jones Martin, S.M.D. (1950-1986)
Professor of Music; College Organist

Michael McDowell, M.A. (1950-1975)
Professor of Music

Kate McKemie, Ed.D. (1956-1988)
Professor of Physical Education

JackL.Nelson, Ph.D. (1962-1995)
Professor of English

Lillian Newman, M.Ln. (1948-91)
Associate Librarian

Marie Sophie Huper Pepe, Ph.D. (1951-1986)
Professor of Art

Margaret W. Pepperdene, Ph.D. (1956-1985)
Professor of English

Regine P Reynolds-Cornell (1986-1997)
Professor of French

Sara L. Ripy, Ph.D. (1958-1989)
Professor of Mathematics

Ruth Schmidt, Ph.D. (1982-1994)
President of the College

Mary Boney Shears, Ph.D., L.H.D., LL.D. (1949-1983)
Professor of Bible and Religion

Chloe Steel, Ph.D. (1955-1976)
Professor of French

John A. Tumblin Jr., Ph.D. (1961-1990)
Professor of Sociology and Anthropology

Ronald B. Wilde, M.A.T. (1965-1978)
Assistant Professor of Mathematics

MymaGoode Young, Ph.D. (1957-1979)
Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures

Administration and Staff

Mary Brown Bullock, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
President
Lea Ann Hudson, B.A.

Director of Institutional Research and Planning

Secretary of the Board
Jeanne A. Maxfield, B.A.

Executive Assistant to the President

Sarah R. Blanshei, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Dean of the College
Ruths. Bettandorff, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Associate Dean of the College

Director of Graduate Studies

Gail M. Buccino, B.S., M.A.L.S.

Assistant Dean of the College

Director of Academic Advising
James A. Boynton, B.A.

Assistant to the Dean of the College

Coordinator of Cultural Programs
Diane C. Bradford, B.A., M.B.A.

Manager of Faculty Services
Mary K. Owen Jarboe, B.A.

Registrar
Thomas L. Maier, B.A., Ph.D.

Director of Information Technology Services

1997-1999 Catalog

119

Organization of the College

Virginia F. Moreland, B.A., M.A., M.L.I.S.

College Librarian
Isa D. Williams, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.

Director, Women, Leadership and Social Change
To be appointed

Director of International Education

Gue Pardue Hudson, B.A., M.A.T.
Dean of Students
MoUie Merrick, B.A., M.A.

Associate Dean of Students
Karen B. Green, B.A.

Assistant Dean of Students
Stephanie S. Balmer, B.S., M.B.A.

Director of Admission
To be appointed

Director of Financial Aid
Paige M. McRight, B.A., M.Div.

Chaplain
To be appointed

Director of Athletics

Instructor in Physical Education
Amy K. Schmidt, B.A., M.S.

Director of Career Planning and Counseling

William E. Galley, B.S., M.B.A.
Vice President for Finance
Karen L. Roy, B.A., M.B.A.

Associate Vice President for Finance
Rus Drew, B.S.

Director of Public Safety
Elsa Pena, B.Arch., M.U.R

Director of the Physical Plant
To be appointed

Director of Human Resources

To be appointed

Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Adelia R Huffines, B.A.

Assistant Vice President for Development
Mary G. Ackerly, B.A.

Director of Public Relations
Lucia Howard Sizemore, B.A.

Director of Alumnae Affairs

Board of Trustees

Officers of the Board

Joseph R. Gladden, Jr.

Chairperson
Anne Register Jones '46

Vice Chairperson
Lea Ann Grimes Hudson '76

Secretary

Ex officio

Mary Brown Bullock '66
President of the College

Members of the Board

Ann Stein Alperin '58

Executive Director

Young Audiences
of Atlanta

Atlanta, Georgia
George S. Branch

Attorney

King & Spalding

Atlanta, Georgia
Clark E. Candler

Attorney

McCurdy & Candler

Decatur, Georgia
J. Wallace Daniel

Vice President and Director

Georgia Duck & Cordage Mill

Scottdale, Geor^a
Joyce K. Essien

Director

Office of Public Health Practice

School of Public Health

Emory University

Atlanta, Georgia
Lowrie Alexander Eraser '56

Decatur, Georgia
D. Gayle Gellerstedt '71

Coordinator

Kiiiderheim Program

College Heights Elementary
School

Decatur, Georgia
Joseph R. Gladden, Jr.

Senior Vice President and
General Counsel

The Coca-Cola Company

Atlanta, Georgia
Erancis Bailey Graves '63

120

Agnes Scott College

Organization of the College

Atlanta, Georgia
James P. Hendrix, jr.

Headmaster

The Lovett School

Atlanta, Georgia
Nancy Thomas Hill '56

Richmond, Virginia
Pierre Howard

Lieutenant Governor

State of Georgia

Atlanta, Georgia
Anne Register Jones '46

Atlanta, Georgia
Rebecca Bruce Jones '63

Instructor in Chemistry

University of North Carolina
at Wilmington

Wilmington , North Carolina
Walter M. Jones

Pastor

Alpharetta Presbyterian Church

Alpharetta, Georgia
Martha Wilson Kessler '69

Windermere, Florida
Harriet M. King '64

Vice Provost for Academic
Affairs

Associate Professor of Law

Emory University

Atlanta, Georgia
Kay Lawther Krill '77

Senior Vice President,

Merchandising

Ann Taylor, Inc.

New York, New York
Christopher M. Little

President

Meredith Corp . Publishing
Group

Des Moines , Iowa
Clair McLeod MuUer '67

Council Member

Atlanta City Council

Atlanta, Georgia
Jack R. Perry

Director Emeritus

Dean Rusk Program in
International Studies

Davidson College

Davidson, North Carolina
James D. Philips, Jr.

Partner

Hatfield Philips, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia
Louise Hill Reaves '54

Office Manager

Sanders & Sizemore

Stone Mountain, Georgia
Sally A. Skardon '70

Senior Vice President

NationsBank, N .A.

Columbia, South Carolina
Jesse J. Spikes

Attorne;y

Long, Aldridge & Norman

Atlanta, Georgia
WG. Tittle, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer

T. M. Polyfim, Inc.

Valdosta, Georgia
Jean Hoefer Toal '65

Senior Associate Justice

Supreme Court of South
Carolina

Columbia, South Carolina
Sara Ector Vagliano '63

Norfolk, Connecticut
Dan C. West

Vice President for College
Relations

Union College

Schenectady, New York
E. Jenner Wood, III

Executive Vice President

SunTrust Banks, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia

Trustees Emeriti
And Emeritae

Dorothy H. Addison '43

Atlanta, Georgia
Louise I. Bernard '46

Atlanta, Georgia
Mary Alverta Bond '53

Secretary Emerita

Decatur, Georgia
Elizabeth H. Cameron '43

Wilmington, North Caroliria
Evelyn B. Christman '40

New Orleans, Louisiana
Neil O. Davis

Auburn, Alabama
Harry A. Fifield

Roswell, Georgia
L.L. Gellerstedt, Jr.

Atlanta, Georgia
Ben S. Gilmer

Atlanta, Georgia
J. A. Minter, Jr.

Tyler, Alabaina
Betty S. Noble '44

Decatur, Georgia
J. Davison Philips

Decatur, Georgia
Mary W. Read '29

Danville, Kentucky
Hansford Sams, Jr.

Decatur, Georgia
Hal L. Smith

Atlanta, Georgia
Samuel R. Spencer, Jr.

Davidson , North Carolina

1997-1999 Catalog

121

Index

A

Absences 29

Academic

Advising 24

Degree Requirements 24

Dismissal 34

Honors 31

Probation 33

Scholarstiips 11, 15

Warning 33

Acceleration 41

Accreditation 3

Activities Transcript 19

Adding Courses 28

Administration and Staff 115

Admission

Admission after junior year 13

Admission policy 11

Application 11

Advanced placement credit 12

Deadlines 13

Disabilities 14

Early admission 13

Entrance examinations 11

Entrance requirements 11

Health record 12

Home school students 13

International students 13

Interviews 12

Joint enrollment 13

Overnight visits 12

Part-time students 13

Return to College Program 22

Transfer students 13

Transient students 14

Advanced Placement 12

Advising 24

Africana studies 51

Agnes Scott College, history 4

Agnes Scott College, mission and purpose 5

American College Test (ACT) 11

Anthropology courses 102

Art courses 52

Athletic program 21

Astronomy courses 98

Auditing courses 28

Atlanta 7

Atlanta Semester 41, 54

B

Biochemistry major 55

Biology courses 56

Board of Trustees 120

Business Preparatory Program 59

c

Calendar Inside Front Cover

122

Campus life 7, 19

Campus, history 4

Campus map 125

Career Planning and Counseling 9

Chaplain 20

Chemistry courses 59

Class attendance 29

Classical Languages and Literatures courses 62

Classification 33

Collaborative Learning Centers 9

College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) 11

Completion of semester courses 29

Computer facilities 8

Confidentiality of student records 30

Counseling services

Career Planning and Counseling 20

College chaplain 20

Financial aid 15

Health services 19

Course loads 27

Course numbering 27

Courses of Study 51

Cross registration. The University Center 41

D

Dance courses 111

Dean's Honor List 32

Degree requirements 24

Depth Standards 26

Directions to campus 124

Disciplinary probation, suspension and dismissal 34

Dismissal 34

Distributional Standards 24

Dropping courses 28

Dual degree program with

Georgia Institute of Technology 44

Washington University 44

E

Economics and Business 65

Economics courses 65

Education courses 67

Emergency Withdrawal 34

English courses 71

English Literature-Creative Writing 72

Entrance requirements 11

Exchange programs 40, 45

Extracurricular activities 8

F

Faculty 115

Fees 48

Final examinations 29

Financial Aid 7, 11, 15

Return to College Program 18

Scholarships 7, 11, 15

French courses 83

Agnes Scott College

Index

French exchange program 40

G

German courses 85

German exchange program 40

Global Awareness 39, 75

Global Connections 39

Good standing 34

Grades 27

Disputed final grades 29

Graduation honors 31

Graduate Study 46

Grants, see Financial Aid

Greek courses 62

H

Health insurance 50

Health record 12, 22

Health services 19

History courses 75

Honor List 32

Honor System 9

I

Incompletes 29

Independent Study (490) 42

Interdisciplinary courses 79

International Relations 79

International students 13, 18

International study 39

Internships, credit and non-credit 42

Interviews 12

J

Japanese courses 87

Japanese exchange program 39

Joint enrollment 13

Junior Year Abroad 40

Judicial Review Committee 36

L

Language Across the Curriculum 43

Latin American Studies 80

Latin courses 63

Law, preparation for the study of 47

Leave of absence 37

Library 8

Loans, see Financial Aid

M

Majors (Depth Standards) 26

Map 125

Master of Arts in Teaching Secondary English 46

Mathematics courses 80

Mathematics-Economics 82

Mathematics-Physics 83

Medical report 12, 22

Medicine, preparation for the study of 47

Mills College exchange program 45

Minors 26

Mission and Purpose of the College 5

1997-1999 Catalog

Modern Foreign Languages and Literatures 83

Multicultural Affairs 21

Music courses 90

Organization of the College 115

Orientation 19

P

Pass/Fail option 27

Philosophy courses 93

Physical Education courses 95

Physics courses 97

Political Science courses 99

Post-Baccalaureate Premedical Program 46

Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certification Program 46

Pre-law study 47

Pre-medicine study 47

Probation 33

Psychology courses 105

Public Leadership Education Network
(PLEN) 45

R

Readmission 38

Re-examinations 29

Refund policy 49

Religious studies courses 107

Renaissance Scholars Program 45

Repeating courses 28

Requirements for the degree 24

Depth Standards 26

Distributional Standards 24

Residence requirement 27

Restrictions 25

Specific standards 24

Research Scholars Program 43

Residence halls 8

Residence life 19

Return to College Program 18, 22

Room and Board 48

ROTC 45

s

Scholarships 7, 11, 15

Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT I) 1 1

Scott Free Year Five 42

SHARPIWomen 43

Sociology courses 102

Spanish courses 87

Speaking Center 9

Special programs 41

Special Study (410) 43

Specific Standards 24

Spiritual life 20

Staff 119

Student activities 19

Student-designed majors 43

Student government 19

Study abroad 39

Summer school 37

123

Index

Suspension 34

Teaching careers 44, 46, 67

Telephone system 50

Tests 29

Theatre courses 109

Transfer credit 36

Trustees 120

Tuition and fees 48

u

University Center in Georgia

V

Visits 12

w

Washington Semester 45

Withdrawing from the College 37

Withdrawing from courses 28

Women, Leadership and Social Change 41, 54

Women's Studies courses 113

Writing Center 9

Y

41 Year Five

42

Directions to Agnes Scott College

All routes described are the most convenient and easiest to follow.

From the Airport

Exit aiqjort via Riverdale Road. Follow signs to 1-285.
Take 1-285 east; exit Covington Highway (exit 33);
head west (left) toward Decatur. Covington becomes
East College Avenue once you pass through the
community of Avondale Estates. Agnes Scott is on the
left, roughly one mile from Avondale Estates.

From 1-85

Take 1-85 to Clairmont Road (exit 32), which is in the
northeast quadrant of the metropolitan area, inside
the 1-285 perimeter. Exit onto Clairmont (signs point
to Decatur, as a guide, note the next major intersec-
tion is Briarcliff Road) Proceed on Clairmont (5.8
miles) which dead ends at the historic Old Courthouse
in Decatur Square. Turn right onto W. Ponce de Leon
Ave.; turn left at Commerce; turn left at Trinity; turn
right at McDonough. Cross train tracks and turn left
onto East College Avenue. Agnes Scott is on the
right.

From 1-285

Take 1-285 east to Covington Highway (exit 33); head
west toward Decatur. Covington Highway becomes
East College Avenue once you pass through the
community of Avondale Estates. Agnes Scott is on the
left, roughly one mile from Avondale Estates.

124

From 1-20

Take 1-20 to Candler Road (exit 33), which is in the
southeast quadrant of the metropolitan area, inside the
1-285 perimeter. Take Candler Road north 4.2 miles to
East College Avenue. Turn left on East College. Agnes
Scott is on the left.

From Downtown/i\/lidtown

Take Ponce de Leon Avenue east. After exiting the
Atlanta city limits, look for St. Elias Antiochian
Orthodox Church and the Episcopal Church of the
Epiphany (both are on the right). About a quarter
mile past these two churches and after you pass
beneath an arched railroad trestle, the road will fork
and you will veer to the right onto West Ponce de
Leon Avenue. Follow to Trinity Place; take a right
onto Trinity. Follow Trinity past Decatur Police
Station and DeKalb County Courthouse Annex, then
turn right onto McDonough. Cross train tracks and
turn left onto East College Avenue. Agnes Scott is on
your right.

Agnes Scott College
Decatur, Georgia 30030
Toll free: 1-800-868-8602
(404) 638-6000

Agnes Scott College

Map Legend

Accounting Offices 15

Admission 2

Alston Campus Center ..12, 13

Campus Store 13

Career Planning 3

Chapel, Chaplain 13

Dean of the College 15

Dean of Students 3

Development 22

Financial Aid 3

Gaines Auditorium 16

Health Center 3

Human Resources 15

Information Technology

Services

Main Entrance 1

Maclean Auditorium 16

Publications 15

Public Relations 15

Public Safety (police) 2

Registrar 15

Snack Bar 13

Student Offices 12

ATLANTA

DECATUR

b I 1 Hb ALih Uh 1 Hh CAi HhUKALb b 1 ULIK.) AKl AKl b 1 KUU i UKL i )R \WlNO AND (
:A * BIOCHEMISTRY BIOLOGY * ENVIRON K-IENTAL BIOLOGY ORC^.AN^HMAL AND EV
"EBRATE BIOLOGY INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY* ANIM.AL BEHA\'K -TIGS* MICP

\"* CONCEPTS OF MATTER AJnD REACTIONS * CHExMICAL REACT -KCtANIC Cf I

^SICAL LANGUAGES AND LITER^ATURES * PLATO HOMER COK \MILY AND ;

POSITION * HISTORY OF GREEK CIVILIZATION GREEK AND ROKIA \i\ TI lOLOG'

:)RIES OF MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION LABOR ECONOMIC^ Mi )NEY AND BA:
IC FORECASTING INTERNATIONAL TRADE * INTERNATIONA i "i \ ~ ]xl( T ECONOM
' TEACHING OF COMMUNICATION ARTS TEACFIING OF REAt^^ Ai 1 1INC; OF SOC

-iODS OF TEACHING CURRICULLLM DEVELOPMENT THEORY A_ . . '- :E CHILDR

1 AMERICAN EDUCATION * STUDENT TEACHING ENGLISH LIT . AND COMP

i ADV.ANCED COMPOSITION BRITISH WRITERS AMERICAL-^ >MEN AN

)IEVAL AND RENAISSANCE DRAMA ENGLISH POETRY MK:T01 .)NANDE

"MODERN FICTION * NARRATIVE WRITING POETRY WRITING * WK.i i 1.NG tiCTION ]
ORY OF MODERN EUROPE THE UNITED STATES TO 1877* THE UNITED STATES IN MODEP
i ROMAN CIVILIZATION AFRICAN SOCIETIES AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY ME
)MEN IN MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY * THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AND THE EAF
ORATION IN THE U.S. BLACK PROTEST THOUGHT U.S.-LATIN 'AMERICAN RELATIONE
ER THE TUDORS INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSES PERSPECTIVES ON DIVERSITY AND
HEiVIATICS FINITE MATHEMATICS * MATHEMATICAL THOUGHT * STATISTICS CALCL
MERICAL ANALYSIS GEOMETRY * TOPOLOGY ABSTRACT ALGEBRA MATHEMATICA
LYSIS COMPLEX ANALYSIS PHYSICS FRENCH* LITERARY GENRES FRENCH LANGU As
3SE AND POETRY FROM THE LATE NINETEENTH CENTURY THROUGH SURREALISM iV
CH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT POETRY PROSE AND THE THEAFRE FRENCH MORALISTS /
JGHT lAPANESE SPANISH ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION SP/
ilSH LITERATURE CONTEMPORARY LATIN AMERICAN NARRATIVE NINETEENTH- AN
JLAR MUSIC MUSICAL THEATRE AND FILM MUSIC FOUNDATIONS OF MUSIC MUSIC
.C ORCHESTRATION FORM AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES OF COMPOSITION * PIANC
ALITY AND THE STAFE.HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPH^ -JTEENTH' AND EIGH

AND PHILOSOPHY IN THE MIDDLE AGES * PLATO * ARISTC' ,._ _ ^ ._ SCARTES THEORY
ESS SWIMMING HYDROBICS * fOGGING STEP AEROBICS * RACQUETBALL FENCi:
.'IINTON BASKETBALL/BADMINTON SOFTBALL BALLET LIFEGUARD TRAINING
lOPHYSICS MECHANICS AND ELECTRICITY MAGNETISM, HEAi; SOUND AND LIGHT *
MECHANICS ELECTROMAGNETISM ELECTRODYNAMICS, RADIATION AND OPTICS C
^CE, SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT WORLD POLITICS
ITED STATES LEGAL SYSTEM^ CONFLICT RESOLUTION * SOUTHERN POLITICS AND TH
TICS OF THE MASS MEDIA * PUBLIC POLICY ^ LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS POLITICS OF
.ATIN AMERICAN RELATIONS THE UNITED STATES FROM^ 1914 TO 1945 ECONOMIC DI
)RY AA'D PR.ACTICE MARX AND RETHINKING MARXISM TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIEN(
)CIAL WELFARE * RACE. CLASS AND GENDER ^COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR AND SOCIAL MOVl
NGING IDEAS AND REALITIES SOCIAL THEORY AFRICAN AMERICAN IMAGES IN POPL
ilNS AND DIVERSITY INDIGENOUS PEOPLES OF NORTH AMERICA * WOMEN, HEAITH /
ERNS AND THEMES PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN HUMAN LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENTA
HOLOGY * SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY * PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENTABNORMAL PSYCl
HOLOGY CONTEMPORARY RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY RELIGIOUS STUDIES HEBRE
LD OF EARLf AND MEDIEVAL CHRISTIANITY MYTHS, LEGENDS AND FOLKLORE OF THE
MEN AND RELIGION BLACK PROTEST THOUGHT'IN AME'^" '^ " ^""MGION AND POL1
jER and ecology RELIGION AND SEXUALITY RELIGIOU^ ORLD RELIGION

RACTER DEVELOPMENT DRAMATIC WRITING CFLARAC^" MOMENT AND TE>

::E * FEMALE IDENTITY AND THE MAKING OF THEATRE SF; :S IN THEATRE A

XET MODERN DANCE JAZZ TAP AND CLOG * DANCE PE vNCE * CHOREOGRA

E FAMILY WOMEN AND LITERATURE WOMEN IN MUSIC N AND RELIGION * \

\TRE -WOMEN IN MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY THE HI' "OMEN IN AMERl

lEN'S LITERATURE: LESBIAN WRITERS AND WRITING WON-. __ : S-CULTURAL PER

5TER SPEAKERS' FORUM WOMEN IN CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE* BLACK FEMINIS'